WO2024067305A1 - Single carrier communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Single carrier communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024067305A1
WO2024067305A1 PCT/CN2023/120120 CN2023120120W WO2024067305A1 WO 2024067305 A1 WO2024067305 A1 WO 2024067305A1 CN 2023120120 W CN2023120120 W CN 2023120120W WO 2024067305 A1 WO2024067305 A1 WO 2024067305A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
signal
modulation symbols
frequency domain
tpmi
indication information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/120120
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
袁世通
刘凤威
陈雷
樊波
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024067305A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024067305A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L27/00Modulated-carrier systems
    • H04L27/26Systems using multi-frequency codes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/53Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on regulatory allocation policies

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a single-carrier communication method and a communication device.
  • the transmitter may use multiple antenna panels or multiple beams to transmit data at the same time.
  • the existing downlink frequency division multiplexing mode includes two schemes: one scheme is to send two resource blocks (RB) after mapping a redundant version (RV) layer based on two transmission points (TRP) or two beams; the other scheme is to map multiple RVs to different RBs, perform frequency division repetition, and send them based on two TRPs or two beams.
  • the existing downlink frequency division multiplexing mode is not friendly to a single carrier, so directly multiplexing the existing downlink frequency division multiplexing mode in an uplink single carrier transmission scenario will affect the transmission performance.
  • the present application provides a single-carrier communication method and a communication device to implement frequency division multiplexing in a single-carrier transmission scenario.
  • a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
  • a communication device such as a terminal device or a network device
  • a component of the communication device such as a chip or a circuit
  • the method may include: modulating a coded bit stream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols, the at least two parts of modulation symbols including a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols; performing single-carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols respectively to obtain a first part of signals and a second part of signals; using a first beam to send the first part of signals on a first frequency domain resource, and using a second beam to send the second part of signals on a second frequency domain resource.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource do not overlap.
  • each of the at least two parts of modulation symbols can be processed by single carrier to obtain at least two parts of signals, and then different beams can be used to send each part of the signal to achieve multi-stream signal space division multiplexing.
  • the at least two parts of the signal can also be transmitted using different frequency domain resources, so that multi-stream signal frequency division-space division multiplexing can also be achieved.
  • each part of the modulation symbol is processed by single carrier, even if the transmission quality on some frequency domain resources is not good, it has little effect on the demodulation of the signal on the remaining frequency domain resources, thereby improving the overall transmission performance.
  • the single carrier processing includes: a discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
  • the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources is the same as the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource
  • the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols, and the first ratio and the second ratio are the same.
  • the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource is the same as the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbol and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbol.
  • the resources used to transmit each part of the signal (such as the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal) can be reasonably allocated to improve the utilization rate of the resources.
  • modulating the coded bit stream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols includes: modulating the coded bit stream to obtain modulation symbols, and the modulation symbols are divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols.
  • the modulation symbol is evenly divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols.
  • the modulation symbols can be evenly divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols, which is simple and easy to implement.
  • the modulation symbols are equally divided into a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols, wherein the first half of the modulation symbols are the first part of modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols are the second part of modulation symbols; or, the symbols in the modulation symbols numbered with odd numbers are the first part of modulation symbols, and the symbols in the modulation symbols numbered with even numbers are the second part of modulation symbols.
  • the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources are the same.
  • the resources allocated to the terminal device for transmitting signals can be evenly divided into two parts, each used to transmit the two parts of the signal.
  • the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
  • the frequency domain resources allocated to the terminal device are to be divided equally into two parts, each used to transmit the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal, then if the number of frequency domain units in the allocated resources is an odd number, the extra frequency domain unit may not transmit a signal, or may transmit a preset signal.
  • the method also includes: receiving first indication information, the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  • the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal
  • two TPMIs can be provided, which are respectively used for the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource, that is, respectively used for the first part of the signal transmitted on the first frequency domain resource and the second part of the signal transmitted on the second frequency domain resource, thereby improving flexibility.
  • the method also includes: sending a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, the first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resources, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resources.
  • the antenna ports of the DMRS used for each part of the frequency domain resources can be the same.
  • the method before using a first beam to send a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource and using a second beam to send a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource, the method also includes: receiving second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each part of the at least two parts of the signal.
  • the transmitting end can determine whether to adopt the frequency division-space division multiplexing mode to transmit the signal based on the indication.
  • the method further includes: receiving third indication information, the third indication information indicating transmission resources, and the transmission resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
  • the transmission resource is a configured authorized CG resource.
  • a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
  • a communication device such as a terminal device or a network device
  • a component of the communication device such as a chip or a circuit
  • the method may include: receiving a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource, and receiving a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource, wherein the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are obtained by performing single-carrier processing on the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols respectively; and jointly demodulating the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  • the first signal portion and the second signal portion are sent using different beams.
  • the single carrier processing includes: discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
  • the first ratio and the second ratio are the same, wherein the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources, and the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols is the same.
  • the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols belong to modulation symbols, wherein the first half of the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols numbered odd in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols numbered even in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources are the same.
  • the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
  • the method also includes: sending first indication information, the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  • the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal
  • the method also includes: receiving a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to a first frequency domain resource, and the second DMRS corresponds to a second frequency domain resource; using the first DMRS to assist in demodulating the first signal, and using the second DMRS to assist in demodulating the second signal.
  • the method before receiving the first part of the signal on the first frequency domain resource and receiving the second part of the signal on the second frequency domain resource, the method also includes: sending second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each part of the at least two parts of the signal.
  • the method further includes: sending third indication information, the third indication information indicating transmission resources, and the transmission resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
  • the transmission resource is a configured authorized CG resource.
  • a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
  • a communication device such as a terminal device or a network device
  • a component of the communication device such as a chip or a circuit
  • the method may include: performing single-carrier modulation on the modulation symbol to obtain a modulated signal, wherein the modulated signal is divided into at least two signal parts, and the at least two signal parts include a first signal part and a second signal part; using a first beam to send the first signal part on a first frequency domain resource, and using a second beam to send the second signal part on a second frequency domain resource.
  • a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
  • a communication device such as a terminal device or a network device
  • a component of the communication device such as a chip or a circuit
  • the method may include: receiving a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource, and receiving a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource, wherein the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are obtained by dividing a modulated signal, and the modulated signal is obtained by single-carrier modulation of a modulation symbol; and jointly demodulating the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  • a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
  • a communication device such as a terminal device or a network device
  • a component of the communication device such as a chip or a circuit
  • the method may include: receiving first indication information, where the first indication information satisfies any of the following: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal
  • the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are signals obtained by single carrier processing.
  • the method further includes: precoding the first part of the signal based on the first TPMI, and precoding the second part of the signal based on the second TPMI.
  • a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
  • a communication device such as a terminal device or a network device
  • a component of the communication device such as a chip or a circuit
  • the method may include: sending first indication information, the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; wherein the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are signals obtained by single carrier processing.
  • a communication device is provided, the device being used to execute the method in any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects.
  • the device may include a unit and/or module, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, for executing the method in any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects.
  • the device is a communication device (such as a terminal device, or a network device).
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit.
  • the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
  • the device is a chip, chip system or circuit for a communication device (such as a terminal device, or a network device).
  • the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit;
  • the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit.
  • a communication device comprising: at least one processor, configured to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory, so as to execute the method in any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects above.
  • the device further comprises a memory, configured to store a computer program or instruction.
  • the device further comprises a communication interface, and the processor reads the computer program or instruction stored in the memory through the communication interface.
  • the device is a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device).
  • the device is a chip, a chip system or a circuit used in a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device).
  • the present application provides a processor for executing the methods provided in the first to sixth aspects above.
  • a computer-readable storage medium which stores a program code for execution by a device, wherein the program code includes a method for executing any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects above.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions
  • the computer program product when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is enabled to execute a method in any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects above.
  • a communication system comprising the aforementioned transmitting device and receiving device.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a single-carrier communication method 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of signal processing applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram applicable to method 1.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram applicable to method 2.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 800 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a chip system 900 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, etc.
  • the technical solution provided in this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the technical solution provided in this application can also be applied to device to device (D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, machine to machine (M2M) communication, machine type communication (MTC), and Internet of things (IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
  • D2D device to device
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • M2M machine to machine
  • MTC machine type communication
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the terminal devices in the embodiments of the present application include various devices with wireless communication functions, which can be used to connect people, objects, machines, etc.
  • the terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as: cellular communication, D2D, V2X, peer to peer (P2P), M2M, MTC, IoT, virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control, automatic driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city drones, robots, remote sensing, passive sensing, positioning, navigation and tracking, autonomous delivery, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a terminal in any of the above scenarios, such as an MTC terminal, an IoT terminal, etc.
  • the terminal device can be a user equipment (UE), terminal, fixed device, mobile station device or mobile device of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) standard, a subscriber unit, a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a SIP phone, a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a computer, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device (handset), a laptop computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a smart book, a vehicle, a satellite, a global positioning system (GPS) device, a target tracking device, an aircraft (such as a drone, a helicopter, a multi-copter, a quadcopter, or an airplane), a ship, a remote control device, a smart home device, an industrial device, or a device built into the above device (for example, a communication module, a modem or a chip in the above device), or other processing devices connected to the wireless
  • the UE can also be used to act as a base station.
  • the UE can act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between UEs in scenarios such as V2X, D2D or P2P.
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal device can be the terminal device, or it can be a device that can support the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a chip, which can be installed in the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may also be referred to as an access network device or a wireless access network device, such as a base station.
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a wireless access network (RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • RAN wireless access network
  • Base station can broadly cover various names as follows, or replace with the following names, such as: NodeB, evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB (gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (TRP), transmission point (TP), master station, auxiliary station, multi-standard wireless (motor slide retainer, MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (BBU), remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), remote radio head (RRH), central unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), positioning node, etc.
  • NodeB evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB (gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (TRP), transmission point (TP), master station, auxiliary station, multi-standard wireless (motor slide retainer, MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (B
  • the base station can be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof.
  • the base station can also refer to a communication module, a modem or a chip used to be set in the aforementioned device or apparatus.
  • the base station can also be a mobile switching center and a device that performs the base station function in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, a network-side device in a 6G network, or a device that performs the base station function in a future communication system.
  • the base station can support networks with the same or different access technologies. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the network device.
  • Base stations can be fixed or mobile.
  • a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move based on the location of the mobile base station.
  • a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a device that communicates with another base station.
  • the network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on the water surface; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the air.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the scenarios in which the network equipment and terminal equipment are located.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 , and the wireless communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • Both the network device and the terminal device may be configured with at least one antenna, and the network device and the terminal device may communicate using a multi-antenna technology.
  • the network device can manage at least one cell, and there can be an integer number of terminal devices in one cell.
  • the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 form a single-cell communication system, and without loss of generality, the cell is recorded as cell #1.
  • the network device 110 can be a network device in cell #1, or the network device 110 can serve a terminal device (such as terminal device 120) in cell #1.
  • a cell can be understood as an area within the coverage of wireless signals of network equipment.
  • Figure 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding, and the wireless communication system 100 may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in Figure 1.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to any communication scenario in which a transmitting device and a receiving device communicate.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be applied to the transmission scenario within a cell.
  • the terminal device measures the reference signal of the non-serving beam of the current serving cell and reports it to the current serving cell.
  • the terminal device can switch the serving beam to the reported beam.
  • the technical solution of the present application can also be applied to the scenario of inter-cell transmission.
  • the terminal device measures the reference signal of the non-serving cell beam and reports it to the current serving cell.
  • the terminal device can receive signaling/data from another cell without switching the serving cell. In other words, the terminal device receives a signal from the antenna of another cell, but the serving cell may remain unchanged or may change.
  • the above is an exemplary description and is not intended to be limiting.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be used in scenarios where a terminal device uses at least two beams to simultaneously perform uplink transmission.
  • the devices on the network side that receive signals sent by a terminal device using at least two beams may belong to different cells, or may be different TRPs or antenna panels in the same cell, without limitation.
  • the terminal device generally uses two panels to achieve simultaneous transmission of multiple beams, so the technical solution of the present application can also be used in scenarios where multiple panels transmit simultaneously.
  • a beam is a communication resource.
  • the embodiment of a beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial filter, or a spatial filter or spatial parameters.
  • the beam used to send a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), which can be called a spatial domain transmit filter or a spatial domain transmit parameter;
  • the beam used to receive a signal can be called a reception beam (Rx beam), which can be called a spatial domain receive filter or a spatial domain receive parameter.
  • the transmit beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions of space after the signal is transmitted by the antenna
  • the receive beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions of space of the wireless signal received from the antenna.
  • the beam may be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
  • the technology for forming the beam may be a beamforming technology or other technologies.
  • the beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology. Different beams may be considered as different resources. The same information or different information may be sent through different beams.
  • One beam may include one or more antenna ports for transmitting data channels, control channels, and sounding signals, etc.
  • One or more antenna ports forming a beam may also be regarded as an antenna port set.
  • the signal when using a low frequency band or a medium frequency band, the signal can be sent omnidirectionally or through a wider angle; when using a high frequency band, thanks to the smaller carrier wavelength of the high frequency communication system, an antenna array consisting of many antenna elements can be arranged at the transmitting and receiving ends.
  • the transmitting end sends the signal with a certain beamforming weight so that the transmitted signal forms a beam with spatial directivity.
  • the receiving end uses an antenna array with a certain beamforming weight for reception, which can increase the received power of the signal at the receiving end and combat path loss.
  • Antenna port is referred to as port.
  • An antenna port can be configured for each virtual antenna.
  • Each virtual antenna can be a weighted combination of multiple physical antennas.
  • Each antenna port can correspond to a reference signal port.
  • a reference signal also called a pilot signal, is a known signal provided by a transmitting device to a receiving device for channel estimation, channel measurement, channel detection, or channel demodulation.
  • a reference signal can be applied to a physical layer.
  • Reference signals can include downlink reference signals and uplink reference signals.
  • downlink reference signals include: primary synchronization signal (PSS), secondary synchronization signal (SSS), demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for downlink demodulation, phase noise tracking signal (PTRS) for downlink, channel status information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell reference signal (CRS), time/frequency tracking reference signal (TRS), positioning signal (positioning RS), etc.
  • PSS primary synchronization signal
  • SSS secondary synchronization signal
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • PTRS phase noise tracking signal
  • CSI-RS channel status information reference signal
  • CRS cell reference signal
  • TRS time/frequency tracking reference signal
  • positioning signal positioning signal
  • the uplink reference signal includes: DMRS for uplink demodulation, sounding reference signal (SRS) for uplink channel measurement, or PTRS for uplink, uplink positioning signal (uplink positioning RS), etc.
  • DMRS used for physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) demodulation
  • PUCCH DMRS physical uplink control channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • the reference signal of the present application may also be a sequence signal in a set of sequence signals with good correlation characteristics.
  • the good correlation characteristic is that any sequence in the set has a larger autocorrelation peak, and any two sequences in the set have a smaller mutual correlation peak.
  • a transmitting device may send multiple signals, at least one of which is a sequence signal with the above-mentioned good correlation, such as a pseudo-random sequence and a Zadoff-chu sequence.
  • correlation refers to a correlation calculation between a sequence signal and another sequence signal in the same set to obtain a correlation value.
  • the receiving device can detect whether the signal exists based on the correlation. That is, there is no need to use a detection mechanism such as a pilot for the transmission of a sequence signal with correlation.
  • a reference signal (or a pilot signal) can be listed.
  • sequence signal may also be a signal for carrying feedback information (e.g., confirmation (acknowledgement, ACK) information or negative acknowledgement (negative acknowledgment, NACK)), a resource request signal or a measurement request signal, etc.
  • feedback information e.g., confirmation (acknowledgement, ACK) information or negative acknowledgement (negative acknowledgment, NACK)
  • resource request signal e.g., a measurement request signal, etc.
  • QCL is also called Quasi-Colocation.
  • a QCL relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication characteristics. For multiple resources having a QCL relationship, the same or similar communication configuration can be used.
  • the parameters of one antenna port can be used to determine the parameters of another antenna port that has a QCL relationship with the antenna port.
  • the parameters may include one or more of the following: delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average delay, average gain, and spatial Rx parameters.
  • the spatial Rx parameters may include one or more of the following: angle of arrival (AOA), average AOA, AOA spread, angle of departure (AOD), average angle of departure AOD, AOD spread, receive antenna spatial correlation parameters, transmit antenna spatial correlation parameters, transmit beam, receive beam, and resource identifier.
  • the co-location indication may be used to indicate whether at least two groups of antenna ports have a co-location relationship.
  • the co-location indication is used to indicate whether the channel state information reference signals sent by at least two groups of antenna ports come from the same transmission point, or the co-location indication is used to indicate whether at least two groups of antenna ports have a co-location relationship. Whether the channel state information reference signals sent by the group antenna ports come from the same beam group.
  • TCI Transmission configuration indicator
  • TCI can be used to indicate TCI state (TCI-state).
  • the upper layer in the protocol can configure QCL through TCI-state.
  • TCI-state is used to configure a quasi-co-location relationship between one or two downlink reference signals and the DMRS of PDSCH.
  • TCI-state includes one or two QCL relationships.
  • QCL represents a certain consistency relationship between the signal to be received and a previously known reference signal. If a QCL relationship exists, the terminal device can use the reception or transmission parameters of the previous reception of a reference signal to receive or send the upcoming signal.
  • the configuration information of a TCI state may include the identifiers of one or two reference signal resources and the associated QCL type.
  • the terminal device can demodulate the PDCCH or PDSCH according to the indication of the TCI state.
  • the terminal device can know which transmit beam the network device uses to send the signal, and then determine which receive beam to use to receive the signal based on the beam pairing relationship determined by the channel measurement described above.
  • the network device can configure multiple TCI states to the terminal device through radio resource control (RRC) signaling. These TCI states all include a QCL-Info of type D. The network device can also configure a TCI-state that does not include a QCL-info of type D, and there is no restriction on this.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • TCI state activation After the network device is configured with multiple TCI states, 8 of the TCI states can be activated through the medium access control-control element (MAC-CE). These 8 TCI states correspond one-to-one to the 8 values of the TCI field in the downlink control information (DCI). That is, the 8 values of the TCI field of the DCI correspond to which 8 TCI states can be determined through MAC-CE.
  • MAC-CE medium access control-control element
  • the network device indicates a specific TCI-state through the TCI field in the DCI.
  • the value of the TCI field in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device is 000, indicating that the data transmission beam adopts the TCI state corresponding to 000.
  • the reference signal contained in the QCL-Info of type D in the TCI state is the channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) with an index of #1, indicating that the beam used for data transmission is the same as the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS with an index of #1.
  • the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS with an index of #1 can be determined through the beam measurement process and is known to the terminal device. Therefore, through the specific value of the TCI field, the terminal device can determine the beam corresponding to the data transmission beam, and thus use the corresponding beam to send or receive data.
  • TCI-state and TCI state in this article can be interchangeable.
  • Data or information can be carried through time and frequency resources.
  • time-frequency resources can include one or more frequency domain units.
  • a frequency domain unit can be a resource element (RE), a resource block (RB), a subchannel, a resource pool, a bandwidth, a bandwidth part (BWP), a carrier, a channel, or an interlace RB, etc.
  • each channel is indicated by a separate beam.
  • Each channel has its own corresponding beam.
  • a common beam is defined, which can be used for multiple uplink and/or downlink channels at the same time. It can be understood that the naming of the common beam is for the convenience of distinction, and it can also be replaced by other names without limitation.
  • Common beam The same beam (or the same group of beams) used by at least one of the following: at least one channel, at least one channel, at least one reference signal, at least one reference signal.
  • the channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, PUCCH, PUSCH, physical random access channel (PRACH).
  • the reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: synchronization signal block (SSB), CSI-RS, DMRS, PTRS, TRS, SRS, etc.
  • Joint common beam used for transmission of at least one uplink channel or at least one reference signal, and at least one downlink channel or at least one reference signal.
  • PDCCH, PDSCH, PUCCH and PUSCH used for transmission of at least one uplink channel or at least one reference signal.
  • the joint common beam may also be referred to as an uplink and downlink common beam, and its naming does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • Uplink common beam A beam used for uplink transmission of at least one of the following: at least one channel, at least one channel transmission, at least one reference signal, at least one reference signal.
  • a beam used for PUCCH, PUSCH, and SRS at the same time can be called an uplink common beam. Beam.
  • Downlink common beam used for transmission of at least one of the following in downlink at the same time: at least one channel, at least one channel transmission, at least one reference signal, at least one reference signal.
  • a beam used for PDCCH, PDSCH and CSI-RS at the same time can be called an uplink common beam.
  • the common beam can be a newly defined structure (such as different from the existing TCI-state).
  • the common beam includes relevant information of the beam indication, including but not limited to one or more of the following: common beam identifier (identifier, ID), logical cell identifier (cell ID), physical cell identifier, partial bandwidth identifier, reference signal resources for determining the beam, QCL type, uplink power control related parameters (such as path loss measurement reference signal resources, p0, closed loop index (closedLoopIndex)), path loss reference signal identifier.
  • common beam can be cell-level, such as a common common beam used for transmission of multiple channels in a cell.
  • common beam can be BWP-level, such as used for transmission of multiple channels in a BWP.
  • common beam can also be cross-cell, such as used for transmission of multiple channels in multiple cells.
  • the multiple cells can be, for example, multiple cells in a frequency band, or multiple cells can be multiple cells across frequency bands, without limitation.
  • the information indicated by the indication information is called the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated.
  • the information to be indicated can also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, wherein there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while the other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance.
  • the indication of specific information can also be achieved with the help of the arrangement order of each information agreed in advance (such as specified by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
  • the transmitting end device is mainly a terminal device (or a terminal device) and the receiving end device is a network device (or a network device) as an example for exemplary description.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a single-carrier communication method 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the coded bit stream is modulated to obtain modulation symbols, where the modulation symbols are divided into at least two modulation symbol parts.
  • the coded bit stream is modulated to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols.
  • the embodiments of the present application are mainly introduced by taking the first possible implementation method as an example.
  • the terminal device modulates the coded bit stream to obtain modulation symbols.
  • the modulation method for modulating the coded bit stream may include, but is not limited to, any of the following: pi/2-binary phase shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK), 16 quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM), 64QAM, 256QAM, phase shift keying (PSK), amplitude phase shift keying (APSK), non-uniform QAM, etc.
  • BPSK pi/2-binary phase shift keying
  • QPSK quadrature phase shift keying
  • QAM 16 quadrature amplitude modulation
  • PSK phase shift keying
  • APSK amplitude phase shift keying
  • non-uniform QAM etc.
  • the modulation symbol may be, for example, a QAM symbol.
  • step 210 the number of symbols in the modulation symbol obtained by modulating the coded bit stream is multiple.
  • the method 200 further includes: dividing the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, where the at least two parts of modulation symbols include a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols.
  • the terminal device divides the modulation symbol into at least two modulation symbols.
  • the terminal device can The modulation symbols can be divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols. For example, the terminal device can divide the N modulation symbols into two parts of modulation symbols; for another example, the terminal device can divide the N modulation symbols into three parts of modulation symbols; for another example, the terminal device can divide the N modulation symbols into four parts of modulation symbols, and so on, without limitation.
  • the number of symbols in each part of modulation symbols can be the same or different, without limitation.
  • each part of modulation symbols can correspond to a stream signal.
  • the following description mainly uses two parts of modulation symbols (ie, a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols) as an example for exemplary explanation.
  • the modulation symbol is evenly divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols, that is, the modulation symbol is evenly divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols. Taking evenly dividing the modulation symbol into the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols as an example, two possible implementations of even division are introduced.
  • One possible implementation is to split it in half.
  • the first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbol is the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbol is the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbol is the first part of the modulation symbols, and the first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbol is the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • N is an even number
  • the N modulation symbols are: Q1, Q2, ..., QN.
  • the number of modulation symbols in the first part and the number of modulation symbols in the second part are both N/2
  • the modulation symbols in the first part are: Q1, Q2, ... QN/2
  • the modulation symbols in the second part are: Q(N/2+1), Q(N/2+2), ... QN/2.
  • Another possible implementation is comb-shaped bisection.
  • Comb-shaped bisection means taking every other one. Based on this implementation, the symbols with odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols with even numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols with even numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols with odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • N is an even number
  • the N modulation symbols are: Q1, Q2, ..., QN.
  • the number of modulation symbols in the first part and the number of modulation symbols in the second part are both N/2
  • the modulation symbols in the first part are: Q1, Q3, ... Q(N-1)
  • the modulation symbols in the second part are: Q2, Q4, ... QN.
  • the terminal device performs single carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols respectively.
  • single carrier processing can also be called single carrier modulation.
  • a single carrier can be discrete Fourier transformation-spread-orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (DFT-s-OFDM) or single carrier-quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-QAM).
  • DFT-s-OFDM discrete Fourier transformation-spread-orthogonal frequency division multiplexing
  • SC-QAM single carrier-quadrature amplitude modulation
  • the single carrier processing includes a discrete Fourier transform (DFT) operation. That is, performing single carrier processing on the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols respectively may include: performing DFT processing on the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols respectively.
  • DFT discrete Fourier transform
  • process of obtaining the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal may include other processes or operations in addition to the single carrier processing, and is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of signal processing applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device performs modulation mapping on the coded bit stream to obtain modulation symbols.
  • Modulation symbols can also be called complex-valued symbols.
  • the modulation symbols are mapped to multiple layers, or transmission layers, through layer mapping.
  • the modulation symbols after layer mapping can be subjected to DFT operation; the frequency domain elements after the DFT operation are mapped to subcarriers; after subcarrier mapping, the frequency domain signal is subjected to inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT); a cyclic prefix (CP) is added to the signal after IFFT to obtain a transmission symbol (such as the first part of the signal, and the second part of the signal), and finally the transmission symbol is transmitted through the antenna port.
  • IFFT inverse fast Fourier transform
  • CP cyclic prefix
  • DFT can also be called frequency domain precoding.
  • the modulation symbols are: Q1, Q2, ..., QN.
  • the first N/2 symbols i.e., Q1, Q2, ..., QN/2
  • the remaining N/2 symbols i.e., Q(N/2+1), Q(N/2+2), ... QN/2
  • the frequency domain elements after the DFT operation are mapped to subcarriers (not shown in Figure 3); after subcarrier mapping, the frequency domain signal is transformed by IFFT; CP is added to the signal after IFFT, and finally the first part of the signal is obtained and transmitted through the first beam.
  • the signal of layer 2 is similar and will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device uses a first beam to send a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource, and uses a second beam to send a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource.
  • the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal may also be referred to as a first stream signal and a second stream signal.
  • the network device receives the first part of the signal on the first frequency domain resource and receives the second part of the signal on the second frequency domain resource.
  • the network device can use different beams to receive the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal; for another example, the network device can also use the same beam to receive the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal, without limitation.
  • the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are received respectively through two TRPs, for example, the first TRP receives the first part of the signal, and the second TRP receives the second part of the signal.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource may not overlap. In this way, two signals or two streams of signals may be transmitted in a frequency division multiplexing manner. In addition, the first beam and the second beam may be different. In this way, two signals or two streams of signals may be transmitted in a frequency division-space division multiplexing manner.
  • first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource may also be the same. That is, in the embodiment of the present application, it is possible to limit the two signal parts or two stream signals to be transmitted in a space division multiplexing manner, without limiting whether to be transmitted in a frequency division multiplexing manner.
  • the first beam may be replaced by the first antenna panel, and the second beam may be replaced by the second antenna panel.
  • the first beam may be replaced by the first common beam, and the second beam may be replaced by the second common beam.
  • the first beam may be replaced by the beam used for communicating with the first network device (such as the first TRP), and the second beam may be replaced by the beam used for communicating with the second network device (such as the second TRP).
  • the first beam and the second beam may also be the same beam.
  • transmission can be performed through at least two streams of signals.
  • the modulation symbol can be divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and each part of the modulation symbol is processed by single carrier respectively to obtain at least two parts of signals or at least two streams of signals, and then different beams can be used to send each part of the signal or each stream signal to achieve multi-stream signal space division multiplexing.
  • the at least two parts of the signal or at least two streams of signals can also be transmitted using different frequency domain resources, so that multi-stream signal frequency division-space division multiplexing can also be achieved.
  • each part of the modulation symbol is processed by single carrier respectively, even if the transmission quality on some frequency domain resources is not good, it has little effect on the demodulation of the signal on the remaining frequency domain resources, thereby improving the overall transmission performance.
  • the following mainly takes the sending end device as the terminal device and the receiving end device as the network device to introduce the solution of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first ratio and the second ratio are related, wherein the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources, and the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • the first ratio and the second ratio are the same. That is, the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource is the same as the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbol and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbol. Based on this, the resources used to transmit each part of the signal (such as the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal) can be reasonably allocated to improve resource utilization.
  • the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource is the same. Based on this, the resources allocated to the terminal device for transmitting signals can be evenly divided into two parts, which are used to transmit two parts of signals respectively.
  • N PRB the total number of frequency domain units allocated to the terminal device
  • N PRB the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource
  • the first part of frequency domain resources is the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units
  • the second part of frequency domain resources is the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units.
  • the first part of the frequency domain resources is the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units
  • the second part of the frequency domain resources is the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units. That is, it can be predefined, such as the standard predefined, that the first part of the signal is mapped to the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units. The second part of the signal is mapped to the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units.
  • the first part of the frequency domain resources is the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units
  • the second part of the frequency domain resources is the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units.
  • the network device can send indication information to the terminal device, and the indication information indicates that the first part of the signal is mapped to the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units, and the second part of the signal is mapped to the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units.
  • the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource belong to the allocated resources.
  • the allocated resources also include the third frequency domain resource, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resource, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resource is a preset signal.
  • the allocated resources may be resources allocated to the terminal device for transmitting signals. Based on this, if the frequency domain resources allocated to the terminal device are to be divided into two parts on average, used to transmit the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal respectively, then if the number of frequency domain units in the allocated resources is an odd number, for the extra frequency domain unit, no signal may be transmitted, or a preset signal may be transmitted.
  • N PRB is an odd number
  • the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource is The number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource is in, Indicates rounding down.
  • the remaining frequency domain units in the N PRB frequency domain units can be processed in any of the following ways.
  • the third frequency domain resource can be the last frequency domain unit in the N PRB frequency domain units, or the first frequency domain unit in the N PRB frequency domain units, or any frequency domain unit in the N PRB frequency domain units, without limitation.
  • the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resource is a preset signal, that is, the symbol mapped on the third frequency domain resource is a preset symbol.
  • the preset symbol may also be called a virtual symbol (e.g., it may be "0"), which is mainly used for mapping on the third frequency domain resource and does not participate in the subsequent demodulation.
  • a virtual symbol e.g., it may be "0"
  • the preset symbol of 1RB can be filled in the first part of the modulation symbol and mapped to the first part.
  • the data is sent on RBs.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram applicable to method 1.
  • the frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource allocated to the first part of the signal are 3 frequency domain units
  • the frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource allocated to the second part of the signal are 2 frequency domain units.
  • the first part of the modulation symbols and the filled preset symbols can be mapped to 3 frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources
  • the second part of the modulation symbols can be mapped to 2 frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources.
  • the third frequency domain resource can be considered as a frequency domain unit in the first frequency domain resource that maps the preset symbol.
  • each RB includes 12 REs
  • one RE is one OFDM subcarrier
  • the network device performs frequency domain processing on the signal received by the first beam (that is, the first part of the signal), it takes subcarriers, and the number of inverse discrete Fourier transformation (IDFT) points is determined according to the number.
  • IDFT inverse discrete Fourier transformation
  • the number of IDFT points is determined according to the total symbol length (that is, including the preset symbol).
  • the redundant symbols that is, the preset symbols are discarded
  • the symbol streams of the two beams are combined for joint demodulation and decoding.
  • Mode 2 No signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resource, that is, no symbol is mapped on the third frequency domain resource.
  • the frequency domain unit assigned to the first part of the signal is frequency domain units, assigned to the second part of the signal
  • the frequency domain unit is Then the first part of the modulation symbols can be mapped to the first frequency domain resource. frequency domain units, and no signal is mapped to the remaining frequency domain unit; the second part of the modulation symbols is mapped to the second frequency domain resource. frequency domain unit.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic diagram applicable to Mode 2.
  • the frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource allocated to the first part of the signal are 3 frequency domain units
  • the frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource allocated to the second part of the signal are 2 frequency domain units.
  • the first part of the modulation symbols can be mapped to the first 2 frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain unit in the first frequency domain resource (an example of the third frequency domain resource) is not mapped to the signal; the second part of the modulation symbols can be mapped to 2 frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource.
  • the network device when the network device performs frequency domain processing on the signal received by the first beam (that is, the first part of the signal), subcarriers, and the number of IDFT points is determined according to this number. After the network device performs frequency domain equalization on the first part of the signal, the number of IDFT points is determined according to the actual symbol length.
  • the frequency domain unit is RB, starting from the first RB RBs are IDFT-ed, RBs can be discarded or ignored. After transformation to the time domain, the symbol streams of the two beams are combined for joint demodulation and decoding.
  • method 200 also includes: receiving first indication information, the first indication information including a first transmission precoding matrix indicator (TPMI) and/or a second TPMI.
  • TPMI transmission precoding matrix indicator
  • TPMI is used to select one from multiple precoding matrices predefined by the protocol.
  • multiple streams use one precoding matrix, and one precoding matrix is used to allocate all frequency domain resources of the terminal device.
  • two TPMIs can be provided, respectively for the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources, that is, respectively for the first part of the signal transmitted on the first frequency domain resource and the second part of the signal transmitted on the second frequency domain resource, that is, two TPMIs can be used for two single-stream transmissions.
  • the terminal device sends two parts of single-layer signals (such as two single-layer PUSCHs), which are precoded separately and mapped and transmitted through a beam or an antenna panel respectively, that is, each beam or each antenna panel has a layer of transmission, so the coverage gain can be guaranteed.
  • the network device schedules two layers, and the signals of each layer are precoded separately, mapped and transmitted through a beam or an antenna panel.
  • the first indication information includes a first TPMI and a second TPMI.
  • the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal
  • the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal. Based on this, the network device can indicate two single-stream TPMIs so as to precode the two parts of the signal separately.
  • the first indication information includes a first TPMI.
  • the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal.
  • the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated, so the terminal device can determine the second TPMI based on the first TPMI and the associated relationship, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal.
  • the association relationship between the first TPMI and the second TPMI may be predefined, such as predefined by a standard, or may be preconfigured by a network device and notified to the terminal device, and there is no limitation on this.
  • the first indication information includes the second TPMI.
  • This implementation manner may refer to the above-mentioned second possible implementation manner, which will not be described in detail here.
  • the first indication information includes a third TPMI
  • the third TPMI can be used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  • the terminal device can use a part of the third TPMI matrix (such as a column, or a row, or a part of the row, or a part of the column, or a part of the row and column, etc.) to precode a part of the signal.
  • the matrix of the third TPMI exhibits block diagonal characteristics.
  • block diagonal means: Wherein a/b/c/d are any complex numbers or real numbers, and their values may be the same. It can be understood that the above matrix is for the purpose of introducing the block diagonal, and the specific form of the matrix satisfying the block diagonal in the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • a corresponding relationship is predefined (such as a standard predefined relationship), and the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between a TPMI matrix and an index, wherein the TPMI matrix satisfies a block diagonal feature.
  • the corresponding relationship may exist in the form of a table.
  • the network device selects a TPMI matrix that satisfies the block diagonal feature, and indicates the index corresponding to the TPMI to the terminal device.
  • the network device predefines (such as standard predefines) the index corresponding to the TPMI matrix that satisfies the block diagonal feature from an existing TPMI table, and indicates it to the terminal device. It can also be understood that the above-mentioned solution for TPMI can be used alone.
  • the network device can indicate two SRS resource indicators (SRS resource indicator, SRI) in the uplink scheduling DCI signaling, which are used to determine the precoding and number of layers for single-carrier transmission of two beams (or two panels) respectively.
  • SRS resource indicator SRI
  • method 200 further includes: the terminal device sends a first DMRS and a second DMRS, the first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resource, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resource.
  • the network device receives the first DMRS and the second DMRS. The network device can assist in demodulating the first part of the signal based on the first DMRS, and assist in demodulating the second part of the signal based on the second DMRS.
  • the first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, indicating that the first DMRS is used to assist the network device in demodulating the first part of the signal.
  • the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, indicating that the second DMRS is used to assist the network device in demodulating the second part of the signal.
  • the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resource, indicating that the first DMRS is used for the signal on the first frequency domain resource (i.e., the first part of the signal).
  • the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resource, indicating that the second DMRS is used for the signal on the second frequency domain resource (i.e., the second part of the signal).
  • the antenna port of the first DMRS and the second DMRS is the same.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • two parts of frequency domain resources are used to transmit a first part of the signal and a second part of the signal, respectively.
  • the two parts of the frequency domain resources can use the DMRS of the same antenna port (such as the same comb position but sub-band frequency division), respectively for transmitting signals of different beams (or different antenna panels), that is, the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  • the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS may also be different.
  • the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS may belong to the same code division multiplexing (CDM) port group (CDM group).
  • the method 200 further includes: the network device indicates the number of layers (number of layer) to the terminal device.
  • the network device indicates the number of layers (number of layer) to the terminal device.
  • the network device indicates the number of layers (number of layer) to the terminal device.
  • the network device indicates the number of layers (number of layer) to the terminal device.
  • the network device indicates the number of layers (number of layer) to the terminal device.
  • the network device indicates the number of layers (number of layer) to the terminal device.
  • the network device indicates the number of layers (number of layer) to the terminal device.
  • the network device indicates the number of layers (number of layer) to the terminal device.
  • a network device configures or indicates at least two fields (such as Precoding information and number of layers fields) through signaling.
  • each Precoding information and number of layers field may indicate one layer (i.e., the number of layers is 1).
  • each Precoding information and number of layers field indicates one layer, so as an example, the number of Precoding information and number of layers fields is the number of streams.
  • each Precoding information and number of layers field can indicate the precoding matrix under the corresponding transmission layer.
  • at least one bit in each Precoding information and number of layers field indicates the index corresponding to the precoding matrix, and the terminal device can determine the precoding matrix based on the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index.
  • the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index can be predefined, such as predefined by the standard.
  • the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index The corresponding relationship between them can be in the form of a table.
  • the network device configures or indicates a field (such as a Precoding information and number of layers field) through signaling.
  • a field such as a Precoding information and number of layers field
  • the Precoding information and number of layers field may indicate at least two layers (i.e., the number of layers is at least 2).
  • the network device configures or indicates a Precoding information and number of layers field through signaling, and indicates the number of layers through the field. Therefore, as an example, the number of layers indicated by the Precoding information and number of layers field is the number of streams.
  • the Precoding matrix can be indicated by at least one bit in the Precoding information and number of layers field.
  • the index corresponding to the precoding matrix is indicated by at least one bit in the Precoding information and number of layers field.
  • the terminal device can determine the precoding matrix based on the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index.
  • the terminal device can use a part of the precoding matrix (e.g., part of the column, or the row, or the row and column) to precode a part of the transmitted signal (e.g., a layer).
  • the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index can be predefined, such as a standard predefined.
  • the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index can exist in the form of a table.
  • the method 200 further includes: the terminal device receives second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each of the at least two parts of the signal. Accordingly, the network device sends the second indication information.
  • Example 1 The second indication information indicates that each part of the at least two parts of the signal is sent on different frequency domain resources.
  • the terminal device learns according to the second indication information to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources. Therefore, the terminal device determines to turn on the single-carrier frequency division-space division multiplexing mode, and after modulating the coded bit stream to obtain the modulation symbol, divides the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and performs single-carrier processing on each part of the modulation symbol, and then uses different beams to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources.
  • the terminal device may default to transmitting the signals on the different frequency domain resources through different beams.
  • Example 2 The second indication information indicates that each part of the at least two parts of the signal is sent using a different beam.
  • the terminal device learns according to the second indication information to use different beams to send each part of the at least two signals. Therefore, the terminal device determines to turn on the single-carrier frequency division-space division multiplexing mode, and after modulating the coded bit stream to obtain the modulation symbol, divides the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and performs single-carrier processing on each part of the modulation symbol, and then uses different beams to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources.
  • the terminal device may default to using different beams to send each of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources.
  • Example 3 The second indication information indicates that each part of the at least two parts of the signal is sent on different frequency domain resources, and each part of the at least two parts of the signal is sent using different beams.
  • the terminal device learns according to the second indication information to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources, and to use different beams to send each part of the at least two signals. Therefore, the terminal device determines to start the single-carrier frequency division-space division multiplexing mode, and after modulating the coded bit stream to obtain the modulation symbol, divides the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and performs single-carrier processing on each part of the modulation symbol, and then uses different beams to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources.
  • the method 200 further includes: the terminal device receives third indication information, the third indication information indicates transmission resources, and the transmission resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources. Accordingly, the network device sends the third indication information.
  • the third indication information includes information about transmission resources. Based on the third indication information, that is, the information about the transmission resources, the terminal device can obtain the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource.
  • the terminal device defaults (such as predefined) that the first part of the frequency domain resources is the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units, and the second part of the frequency domain resources is the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units.
  • the third indication information includes information about the first frequency domain resource. Based on the third indication information, that is, the information about the first frequency domain resource, the terminal device can obtain the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource.
  • the second frequency domain resource can be defaulted (eg, predefined) It is N1 frequency domain units after the last frequency domain unit in the first frequency domain resource.
  • the third indication information includes information about the second frequency domain resource. Based on the third indication information, that is, the information about the second frequency domain resource, the terminal device can obtain the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource. For details, please refer to the above second possible implementation, which will not be repeated here.
  • the transmission resource is a configured grant (CG) resource.
  • CG configured grant
  • CG resources include two types: 1) CG type 1: The network device configures semi-static periodic transmission resources for the terminal device, and indicates the configured transmission resources to the terminal device through RRC. 2) CG type 2: The network device configures semi-static periodic transmission resources for the terminal device, indicates the configured transmission resources to the terminal device through RRC, and indicates activation or deactivation of the configured resources to the terminal device through DCI.
  • the network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device, the RRC message includes a configured GrantConfig, and the configured GrantConfig indicates the transmission resources configured by the network device for the terminal device.
  • the RRC message may also indicate whether to enable a single carrier, that is, whether to use single carrier modulation.
  • the RRC message includes an indication information indicating whether a single carrier is turned on. Assume that 1 bit is used to indicate whether a single carrier is turned on. If the bit is set to "1", it means that the single carrier is turned on; if the bit is set to "0", it means that the single carrier is not turned on. It should be understood that the above is only an exemplary description and is not limiting. In addition, turning on a single carrier can also be reflected as enabling transmit precoding (transform precoding enable).
  • a frequency division multiplexing mode is used.
  • the frequency division multiplexing mode may be used by default when a single carrier is enabled, or the frequency division multiplexing mode may be determined to be used through an instruction of a network device.
  • the terminal device when a single carrier is turned on, transmits a W stream signal.
  • W is an integer greater than 1.
  • W is 2, or W is 3, or W is 4, etc.
  • the network device indicates the number of layers, and the terminal device can obtain the value of W based on the number of layers.
  • the network device can configure precodingAndNumberOfLayers2, which indicates that the number of layers is 2, that is, two stream signals are transmitted, and each stream signal is precoded independently.
  • frequency division-space division joint frequency hopping can also be supported.
  • the location and quantity of frequency domain resources can be determined based on frequency hopping and RB bandwidth.
  • the terminal device can use the first beam to send the first part of the signal on the first half of the RB of the resource used for the terminal device to transmit the signal, and use the second beam to send the second part of the signal on the second half of the RB of the resource used for the terminal device to transmit the signal.
  • the network device can use DCI activation or repeated activation to dynamically adjust at least one of the following items sent in different periodic frequency hopping: beam, frequency domain resources.
  • single carrier transmission is mentioned many times.
  • the terminal device may optionally determine to enable or disable single carrier transmission based on certain parameters.
  • Enabling single carrier transmission can be understood as using the single carrier communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application for transmission.
  • Disabling single carrier transmission can be understood as not using the single carrier communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application for transmission.
  • the terminal device considers enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration, respectively. It can be understood that the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration are named for distinction, and their specific naming does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network device can send two high-level parameters to the terminal, as an example, respectively recorded as the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration, and the terminal device can consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration.
  • the terminal device considers enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to a certain type of parameter (such as transformPrecoder).
  • transformPrecoder is only a possible naming, and its specific naming does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network device may send at least one high-level parameter transformPrecoder to the terminal, and the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to the at least one transformPrecoder.
  • Example 1 for any of the following: PUSCH scheduled by a random access response (RAR) uplink (UL) grant, PUSCH scheduled by a fallback RAR UL grant, or PUSCH scheduled by a DCI with a format of 0_0, in any of the above PUSCH transmissions, for the corresponding beam or antenna panel, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration, respectively.
  • the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the PUSCH may be scrambled by a temporary cell-radio network temporary indentifier (TC-RNTI).
  • TC-RNTI temporary cell-radio network temporary indentifier
  • Example 2 for PUSCH transmission scheduled by PDCCH, if the terminal device receives a DCI with a scheduling grant, and the format of the DCI is 0_0, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission for the corresponding beam or antenna panel in this PUSCH transmission based on two parameters configured by the high-level layer, the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration.
  • Example 3 if the terminal device receives a DCI with a scheduling grant, the format of the DCI is not 0_0, and two high-level parameters transformPrecoder are included in the PUSCH configuration (pusch-Config), the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling a single carrier on two beams or panels according to the corresponding parameters in this PUSCH transmission.
  • Example 4 If the terminal device receives a DCI with a scheduling grant, the format of the DCI is not 0_0, and the high-level parameter transformPrecoder is not configured in pusch-Config, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission for the corresponding beam or antenna panel based on the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration of the high-level configuration parameters, or the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission based on the msg3-transformPrecoder parameter configured in the high-level configuration.
  • Example 5 for a PUSCH transmission whose transmission resources are configured as a grant, if the terminal device includes a high-level parameter transformPrecoder in the configured GrantConfig, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling a single carrier on two beams or panels according to the parameter in this PUSCH transmission.
  • Example 6 for a PUSCH transmission whose transmission resources are configured as a grant, if the terminal device includes two high-level parameters transformPrecoder in the configured GrantConfig, the terminal device can consider enabling or disabling a single carrier on two beams or panels according to the corresponding parameters in this PUSCH transmission.
  • Example 7 For PUSCH transmission whose transmission resources are configured as authorization, if the terminal device does not configure the high-level parameter transformPrecoder in the configured GrantConfig, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission for the corresponding beam or antenna panel based on the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration of the high-level configuration parameters, or the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission based on the msg3-transformPrecoder parameter configured in the high-level configuration.
  • transmission includes receiving and/or sending.
  • transmitting a signal may include receiving a signal and/or sending a signal.
  • the indication information is mentioned, and the indication information can be DCI information.
  • the DCI information can be one DCI information, including transmission parameters indicating two beams or antenna panels, or the DCI information can be two DCI information, respectively indicating transmission parameters of two beams or antenna panels.
  • the DCI information can be sent by one network device or TRP, or by two network devices or TRPs, without limitation.
  • the partial signals may overlap, partially overlap, or not overlap in the frequency domain.
  • each partial signal can also be replaced by each stream signal.
  • the first partial signal can also be called a first stream signal
  • the second partial signal can also be called a second stream signal.
  • at least two partial signals can also be called at least two stream signals.
  • the terminal device can be replaced by a sending end device, which can be a terminal device or a network device; the network device can be replaced by a receiving end device, which can be a terminal device or a network device.
  • the beam is mainly used as an example for illustrative description, and the beam can also be replaced by an antenna panel.
  • the methods and operations implemented by the communication device can also be implemented by the communication device. It is implemented by component parts (such as chips or circuits).
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding devices, which include modules for executing the corresponding methods in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • the module can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. It can be understood that the technical features described in the above-mentioned method embodiments are also applicable to the following device embodiments.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 700 includes a transceiver unit 710 and a processing unit 720.
  • the transceiver unit 710 can be used to implement corresponding communication functions.
  • the transceiver unit 710 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit.
  • the processing unit 720 can be used to perform data processing, such as single carrier processing of modulation symbols.
  • the device 700 also includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 720 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit so that the device implements the actions of the communication device (such as a sending end device or a receiving end device) in the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • a storage unit which can be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing unit 720 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit so that the device implements the actions of the communication device (such as a sending end device or a receiving end device) in the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 710 may include a receiving unit and/or a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit may be used to perform the receiving-related operations in the above method embodiment
  • the sending unit may be used to perform the sending-related operations in the above method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit and the sending unit may be integrated together, or may be separately arranged.
  • the device 700 may be the sending end device (such as a terminal device or a network device) in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a component of the sending end device (such as a chip).
  • the device 700 may implement the steps or processes corresponding to those performed by the sending end device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver unit 710 may be used to perform the transceiver-related operations of the sending end device in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 720 may be used to perform the processing-related operations of the sending end device in the above method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 720 is used to modulate the coded bit stream to obtain modulation symbols; the processing unit 720 is also used to divide the modulation symbols into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and the at least two parts of modulation symbols include a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols; the processing unit 720 is also used to perform single-carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols, respectively, to obtain a first part of the signal and a second part of the signal; the transceiver unit 710 is used to send the first part of the signal using a first beam on a first frequency domain resource, and send the second part of the signal using a second beam on a second frequency domain resource.
  • the single carrier processing includes: a discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
  • the first ratio and the second ratio are the same, wherein the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources, and the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • the processing unit 720 is further configured to divide the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, including: the processing unit 720 is further configured to divide the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols on average.
  • the processing unit 720 is also used to equally divide the modulation symbols into at least two parts of modulation symbols, including: the processing unit 720 is also used to equally divide the modulation symbols into a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols, wherein the first half of the modulation symbols are the first part of modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols are the second part of modulation symbols; or, the symbols with odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of modulation symbols, and the symbols with even numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of modulation symbols.
  • the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource is the same.
  • the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is also used to receive first indication information, and the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  • the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to
  • the transceiver unit 710 is also used to send a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, the first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, and the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resources, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resources.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is also used to receive second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal using different beams.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information indicates a transmission resource, and the transmission resource includes a first A first frequency domain resource and a second frequency domain resource.
  • the transmission resource is a configuration authorized CG resource.
  • the device 700 can implement the steps or processes executed by the sending end device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the device 700 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the sending end device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 6.
  • the device 700 may be the receiving end device (such as a terminal device or a network device) in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a component of the receiving end device (such as a chip).
  • the device 700 may implement the steps or processes executed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver unit 710 may be used to execute the transceiver-related operations of the receiving end device in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 720 may be used to execute the processing-related operations of the receiving end device in the above method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is used to receive a first part of the signal using a first beam on a first frequency domain resource, and to receive a second part of the signal using a second beam on a second frequency domain resource, wherein the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are obtained by performing single-carrier processing on the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols, respectively; and the processing unit 720 is used to jointly demodulate the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  • the single carrier processing includes: a discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
  • the first ratio and the second ratio are the same, wherein the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources, and the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols is the same as the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols belong to modulation symbols, wherein the first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols numbered odd in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols numbered even in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
  • the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource is the same.
  • the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is also used to send a first indication information, and the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  • the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is
  • the transceiver unit 710 is also used to receive a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to a first frequency domain resource, and the second DMRS corresponds to a second frequency domain resource; the processing unit 720 is also used to use the first DMRS to assist in demodulating the first signal, and use the second DMRS to assist in demodulating the second signal.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is also used to send second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each part of the at least two parts of the signal.
  • the transceiver unit 710 is further used to send third indication information, where the third indication information indicates transmission resources, and the transmission resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
  • the transmission resource is a configuration authorized CG resource.
  • the device 700 can implement the steps or processes executed by the receiving end device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the device 700 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the receiving end device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 6.
  • the device 700 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit.
  • the term "unit” here may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor or a group processor, etc.) and a memory for executing one or more software or firmware programs, a combined logic circuit and/or other suitable components that support the described functions.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the device 700 may specifically be a communication device (such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device) in the above-mentioned embodiments, and may be used to execute the above-mentioned method embodiments corresponding to the communication device. To avoid repetition, the various processes and/or steps will not be described here.
  • the device 700 of each of the above schemes has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the communication device (such as a transmitting end device, and such as a receiving end device) in the above method.
  • the function can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing the corresponding software implementation.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiver), and other units, such as the processing unit, can be replaced by a processor to respectively perform the transceiver operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
  • the transceiver unit 710 may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, may include a receiving circuit and a sending circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit.
  • the device in FIG. 7 may be the device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC).
  • the transceiver unit may be an input and output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip. This is not limited here.
  • FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 800 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 800 includes a processor 810, and the processor 810 is coupled to a memory 820.
  • the memory 820 is further included, which is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 810 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, or read the data stored in the memory 820, so as to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • processors 810 there are one or more processors 810 .
  • the memory 820 is one or more.
  • the memory 820 is integrated with the processor 810 or is separately provided.
  • the device 800 further includes a transceiver 830, and the transceiver 830 is used for receiving and/or sending signals.
  • the processor 810 is used for controlling the transceiver 830 to receive and/or send signals.
  • the transceiver 830 may be an input and output interface of the chip, wherein the input interface implements a receiving operation and the output interface implements a sending operation.
  • the device 800 is used to implement the operations performed by the communication device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 810 is configured to execute a computer program or instruction stored in the memory 820 to implement related operations of the transmitting end device or the receiving end device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 810 or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware processor for execution, or a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor for execution.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the art such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory 820, and the processor 810 reads the information in the memory 820 and completes the steps of the above method in conjunction with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it is not described in detail here.
  • the processor may be one or more integrated circuits for executing related programs to execute the embodiments of the methods of the present application.
  • the processor may include one or more processors and be implemented as a combination of computing devices.
  • the processor may include one or more of the following: a microprocessor, a microcontroller, a digital signal processor (DSP), a digital signal processing device (DSPD), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a programmable logic device (PLD), a gating logic, a transistor logic, a discrete hardware circuit, a processing circuit or other suitable hardware, firmware and/or a combination of hardware and software for performing the various functions described in the present disclosure.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor.
  • the processor 810 may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor may be used to process communication protocols and communication data.
  • the central processing unit may be used to enable the device to execute a software program and process data in the software program.
  • a portion of the processor may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the processor may also store information about the type of device.
  • Program in this application is used to refer to software in a broad sense.
  • Non-limiting examples of software include: program code, program, subroutine, instruction, instruction set, code, code segment, software module, application, or software application, etc.
  • the program can be run in a processor and/or computer. So that the device performs various functions and/or processes described in this application.
  • the memory can store data required by the processor (e.g., processor 810) when executing software.
  • the memory can be implemented using any suitable storage technology.
  • the memory can be any available storage medium that can be accessed by the processor and/or computer.
  • Non-limiting examples of storage media include random access memory (RAM), Read-only memory (ROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM) and direct rambus RAM (DR RAM), removable media, optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage media, magnetic storage devices, flash memory, registers, state memory, remote mounted memory, local or remote memory components, or any other medium capable of carrying or storing software, data or information and accessible by a processor/computer. It should be noted that the memory described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the memory e.g., memory 820
  • the processor e.g., processor 810
  • the memory may be used to connect to the processor so that the processor can read information from the memory and store and/or write information in the memory.
  • the memory may be integrated in the processor.
  • the memory and the processor may be provided in an integrated circuit (e.g., the integrated circuit may be provided in a UE or other network node).
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a chip system 900 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip system 900 (or also referred to as a processing system) includes a logic circuit 910 and an input/output interface (input/output interface) 920.
  • the logic circuit 910 can be a processing circuit in the chip system 900.
  • the logic circuit 910 can be coupled to the storage unit and call the instructions in the storage unit so that the chip system 900 can implement the methods and functions of each embodiment of the present application.
  • the input/output interface 920 can be an input/output circuit in the chip system 900, outputting information processed by the chip system 900, or inputting data or signaling information to be processed into the chip system 900 for processing.
  • the chip system 900 is used to implement the operations performed by the communication device in the above method embodiments.
  • the logic circuit 910 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the above method embodiments, such as the processing-related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, or the processing-related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 5;
  • the input/output interface 920 is used to implement the sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the above method embodiments, such as the sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, or the sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 5.
  • the logic circuit 910 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiments, such as the processing-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, or the processing-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 5;
  • the input/output interface 920 is used to implement the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiments, such as the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, or the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 5.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which are stored computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by a communication device (such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device) in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • a communication device such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, comprising instructions, which, when executed by a computer, implement the methods performed by a communication device (such as a transmitting device or a receiving device) in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
  • a communication device such as a transmitting device or a receiving device
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the above embodiments.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the above units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to implement the solution provided by the present application.
  • the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one unit, or each unit may be physically separate. There are two or more units, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network or other programmable devices.
  • the computer can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.
  • the computer instruction can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from a computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instruction can be transmitted from a website site, a computer, a server or a data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • wired such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)
  • wireless such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a single carrier communication method and a communication apparatus. The method may comprise: modulating an encoded bitstream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols, the at least two parts of modulation symbols comprising a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols; respectively performing single carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols to obtain a first part of signals and a second part of signals; and sending the first part of signals over a first frequency domain resource by using a first beam, and sending the second part of signals over a second frequency domain resource by using a second beam. The present application can realize frequency division multiplexing in a single carrier transmission scenario.

Description

单载波通信方法和通信装置Single carrier communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2022年09月28日提交中国专利局、申请号为202211191236.9、申请名称为“单载波通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on September 28, 2022, with application number 202211191236.9 and application name “Single Carrier Communication Method and Communication Device”, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种单载波通信方法和通信装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a single-carrier communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
在上行单载波传输场景中,发送端可能会同时采用多个天线面板或多个波束传输数据。现有的下行频分复用模式,包括两种方案:一种方案是将一个冗余版本(redundant version,RV)层映射之后的两部分资源块(resource block,RB),分别基于两个传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)或两波波束进行发送;另一种方案是将多个RV分别映射在不同的RB上,进行频分的重复,分别基于两个TRP或两波波束进行发送。In the uplink single-carrier transmission scenario, the transmitter may use multiple antenna panels or multiple beams to transmit data at the same time. The existing downlink frequency division multiplexing mode includes two schemes: one scheme is to send two resource blocks (RB) after mapping a redundant version (RV) layer based on two transmission points (TRP) or two beams; the other scheme is to map multiple RVs to different RBs, perform frequency division repetition, and send them based on two TRPs or two beams.
但是现有的下行频分复用模式对于单载波不友好,因此直接在上行单载波传输场景中复用现有的下行频分复用模式会影响传输性能。However, the existing downlink frequency division multiplexing mode is not friendly to a single carrier, so directly multiplexing the existing downlink frequency division multiplexing mode in an uplink single carrier transmission scenario will affect the transmission performance.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种单载波通信方法和通信装置,以实现单载波传输场景的频分复用。The present application provides a single-carrier communication method and a communication device to implement frequency division multiplexing in a single-carrier transmission scenario.
第一方面,提供了一种单载波通信方法,该方法可以由通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)执行,或者,也可以由通信装置的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行,对此不作限定。In a first aspect, a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
该方法可以包括:对编码比特流进行调制,得到至少两部分调制符号,该至少两部分调制符号包括第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号;分别对该第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理,得到第一部分信号和第二部分信号;在第一频域资源上采用第一波束发送该第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束发送该第二部分信号。The method may include: modulating a coded bit stream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols, the at least two parts of modulation symbols including a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols; performing single-carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols respectively to obtain a first part of signals and a second part of signals; using a first beam to send the first part of signals on a first frequency domain resource, and using a second beam to send the second part of signals on a second frequency domain resource.
示例地,第一频域资源和第二频域资源不重叠。For example, the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource do not overlap.
基于上述技术方案,在单载波传输场景下,可以分别对至少两部分调制符号中各部分调制符号进行单载波处理,得到至少两部分信号,进而可以采用不同的波束发送各部分信号,实现多流信号空分复用。此外,该至少两部分信号还可以采用不同的频域资源进行传输,这样还可以实现多流信号频分-空分复用。此外,由于各部分调制符号分别进行单载波处理,因此即使部分频域资源上的传输质量不好,对其余部分频域资源上的信号的解调影响不大,进而可以提高整体的传输性能。Based on the above technical solution, in a single-carrier transmission scenario, each of the at least two parts of modulation symbols can be processed by single carrier to obtain at least two parts of signals, and then different beams can be used to send each part of the signal to achieve multi-stream signal space division multiplexing. In addition, the at least two parts of the signal can also be transmitted using different frequency domain resources, so that multi-stream signal frequency division-space division multiplexing can also be achieved. In addition, since each part of the modulation symbol is processed by single carrier, even if the transmission quality on some frequency domain resources is not good, it has little effect on the demodulation of the signal on the remaining frequency domain resources, thereby improving the overall transmission performance.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,单载波处理包括:离散傅里叶变换DFT操作。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the single carrier processing includes: a discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,与第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例,相同。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources is the same as the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
举例来说,第一比例为第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,第二比例为第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例,第一比例和第二比例相同。For example, the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource, and the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols, and the first ratio and the second ratio are the same.
基于上述技术方案,第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,与,第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例,是相同的。这样,可以合理分配用于传输各部分信号(如第一部分信号和第二部分信号)的资源,提高资源的利用率。Based on the above technical solution, the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource is the same as the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbol and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbol. In this way, the resources used to transmit each part of the signal (such as the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal) can be reasonably allocated to improve the utilization rate of the resources.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,对编码比特流进行调制,得到至少两部分调制符号,包括:对编码比特流进行调制,得到调制符号,调制符号被分为至少两部分调制符号。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, modulating the coded bit stream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols includes: modulating the coded bit stream to obtain modulation symbols, and the modulation symbols are divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,调制符号被平均分为至少两部分调制符号。 In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the modulation symbol is evenly divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols.
基于上述技术方案,可以将调制符号平均分为至少两部分调制符号,实现简单易行。Based on the above technical solution, the modulation symbols can be evenly divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols, which is simple and easy to implement.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,调制符号被平均分为第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号,其中,调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为第二部分调制符号;或者,调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为第二部分调制符号。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the modulation symbols are equally divided into a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols, wherein the first half of the modulation symbols are the first part of modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols are the second part of modulation symbols; or, the symbols in the modulation symbols numbered with odd numbers are the first part of modulation symbols, and the symbols in the modulation symbols numbered with even numbers are the second part of modulation symbols.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一频域资源和第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量相同。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources are the same.
基于上述技术方案,可以将分配给终端设备的用于传输信号的资源平均分为两部分,分别用于传输两部分信号。Based on the above technical solution, the resources allocated to the terminal device for transmitting signals can be evenly divided into two parts, each used to transmit the two parts of the signal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,第一频域资源和第二频域资源属于分配的资源,若分配的资源还包括第三频域资源,则第三频域资源上不传输信号,或者,第三频域资源上传输的信号为预设信号。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
基于上述技术方案,若要将分配给终端设备的频域资源平均分为两部分,分别用来传第一部分信号和第二部分信号,那么若分配的资源中频域单元的数量为奇数时,对于多余的一个频域单元,可以不传输信号,或者传输预设信号。Based on the above technical solution, if the frequency domain resources allocated to the terminal device are to be divided equally into two parts, each used to transmit the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal, then if the number of frequency domain units in the allocated resources is an odd number, the extra frequency domain unit may not transmit a signal, or may transmit a preset signal.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息满足以下任一项:第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,第一TPMI与第二TPMI具有关联关系,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第三TPMI,第三TPMI用于对第一部分信号和第二部分信号进行预编码。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the method also includes: receiving first indication information, the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
基于上述技术方案,可以提供两个TPMI,分别用于第一频域资源和第二频域资源,也即分别用于第一频域资源上传输的第一部分信号和第二频域资源上传输的第二部分信号,从而可以提高灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, two TPMIs can be provided, which are respectively used for the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource, that is, respectively used for the first part of the signal transmitted on the first frequency domain resource and the second part of the signal transmitted on the second frequency domain resource, thereby improving flexibility.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:发送第一解调参考信号DMRS和第二DMRS,第一DMRS用于辅助解调第一部分信号,第二DMRS用于辅助解调第二部分信号,第一DMRS和第二DMRS的天线端口相同,第一DMRS对应第一频域资源,第二DMRS对应第二频域资源。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the method also includes: sending a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, the first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resources, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resources.
基于上述技术方案,用于各部分频域资源的DMRS的天线端口可以相同。Based on the above technical solution, the antenna ports of the DMRS used for each part of the frequency domain resources can be the same.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,在第一频域资源上采用第一波束发送第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束发送第二部分信号之前,方法还包括:接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示:在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,和/或,采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, before using a first beam to send a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource and using a second beam to send a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource, the method also includes: receiving second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each part of the at least two parts of the signal.
基于上述技术方案,发送端可以基于指示确定是否采用频分-空分复用模式传输信号。Based on the above technical solution, the transmitting end can determine whether to adopt the frequency division-space division multiplexing mode to transmit the signal based on the indication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:接收第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示传输资源,传输资源包括第一频域资源和第二频域资源。In combination with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: receiving third indication information, the third indication information indicating transmission resources, and the transmission resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,传输资源为配置授权CG资源。In combination with the first aspect, in certain implementations of the first aspect, the transmission resource is a configured authorized CG resource.
第二方面,提供了一种单载波通信方法,该方法可以由通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)执行,或者,也可以由通信装置的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行,对此不作限定。In a second aspect, a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
该方法可以包括:在第一频域资源上接收第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上接收第二部分信号,其中,第一部分信号和第二部分信号是通过分别对第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理得到的;对第一部分信号和第二部分信号进行联合解调。The method may include: receiving a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource, and receiving a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource, wherein the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are obtained by performing single-carrier processing on the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols respectively; and jointly demodulating the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
示例地,第一部分信号和第二部分信号是采用不同的波束发送的。For example, the first signal portion and the second signal portion are sent using different beams.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,单载波处理包括:离散傅里叶变换DFT操作。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the single carrier processing includes: discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一比例和第二比例相同,其中,第一比例为第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,第二比例为第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, the first ratio and the second ratio are the same, wherein the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources, and the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符 号中的符号数相同。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols The number of symbols in the number is the same.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号属于调制符号,其中,调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为第二部分调制符号;或者,调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为第二部分调制符号。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols belong to modulation symbols, wherein the first half of the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols numbered odd in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols numbered even in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一频域资源和第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量相同。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources are the same.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,第一频域资源和第二频域资源属于分配的资源,若分配的资源还包括第三频域资源,则第三频域资源上不传输信号,或者,第三频域资源上传输的信号为预设信号。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息满足以下任一项:第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,第一TPMI与第二TPMI具有关联关系,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第三TPMI,第三TPMI用于对第一部分信号和第二部分信号进行预编码。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, the method also includes: sending first indication information, the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:接收第一解调参考信号DMRS和第二DMRS,第一DMRS和第二DMRS的天线端口相同,第一DMRS对应第一频域资源,第二DMRS对应第二频域资源;采用第一DMRS辅助解调第一信号,采用第二DMRS用于辅助解调第二信号。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, the method also includes: receiving a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to a first frequency domain resource, and the second DMRS corresponds to a second frequency domain resource; using the first DMRS to assist in demodulating the first signal, and using the second DMRS to assist in demodulating the second signal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,在第一频域资源上接收第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上接收第二部分信号之前,方法还包括:发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示:在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,和/或,采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, before receiving the first part of the signal on the first frequency domain resource and receiving the second part of the signal on the second frequency domain resource, the method also includes: sending second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each part of the at least two parts of the signal.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,方法还包括:发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示传输资源,传输资源包括第一频域资源和第二频域资源。In combination with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: sending third indication information, the third indication information indicating transmission resources, and the transmission resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,传输资源为配置授权CG资源。In combination with the second aspect, in certain implementations of the second aspect, the transmission resource is a configured authorized CG resource.
关于第二方面的有益效果,可以参考第一方面中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Regarding the beneficial effects of the second aspect, reference may be made to the relevant description in the first aspect and will not be repeated here.
第三方面,提供了一种单载波通信方法,该方法可以由通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)执行,或者,也可以由通信装置的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行,对此不作限定。On the third aspect, a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
该方法可以包括:对调制符号进行单载波调制,得到调制后的信号,调制后的信号被分为至少两部分信号,至少两部分信号包括第一部分信号和第二部分信号;在第一频域资源上采用第一波束发送第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束发送第二部分信号。The method may include: performing single-carrier modulation on the modulation symbol to obtain a modulated signal, wherein the modulated signal is divided into at least two signal parts, and the at least two signal parts include a first signal part and a second signal part; using a first beam to send the first signal part on a first frequency domain resource, and using a second beam to send the second signal part on a second frequency domain resource.
关于第三方面的有益效果以及第三方面可能的设计,可以参考第一方面中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Regarding the beneficial effects of the third aspect and possible designs of the third aspect, please refer to the relevant description in the first aspect and will not be repeated here.
第四方面,提供了一种单载波通信方法,该方法可以由通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)执行,或者,也可以由通信装置的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行,对此不作限定。In a fourth aspect, a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
该方法可以包括:在第一频域资源上接收第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上接收第二部分信号,其中,第一部分信号和第二部分信号是通过对调制后的信号进行划分得到的,调制后的信号为对调制符号进行单载波调制得到的;对第一部分信号和第二部分信号进行联合解调。The method may include: receiving a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource, and receiving a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource, wherein the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are obtained by dividing a modulated signal, and the modulated signal is obtained by single-carrier modulation of a modulation symbol; and jointly demodulating the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
关于第四方面的有益效果以及第四方面可能的设计,可以参考第二方面中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Regarding the beneficial effects of the fourth aspect and possible designs of the fourth aspect, please refer to the relevant description in the second aspect and will not be repeated here.
第五方面,提供了一种单载波通信方法,该方法可以由通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)执行,或者,也可以由通信装置的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行,对此不作限定。In the fifth aspect, a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
该方法可以包括:接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息满足以下任一项:第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,第一TPMI与第二TPMI具有关联关系,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进 行预编码;其中,第一部分信号和第二部分信号是通过单载波处理得到的信号。The method may include: receiving first indication information, where the first indication information satisfies any of the following: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal The first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are signals obtained by single carrier processing.
可选地,该方法还包括:基于第一TPMI对第一部分信号进行预编码,基于第二TPMI对第二部分信号进行预编码。Optionally, the method further includes: precoding the first part of the signal based on the first TPMI, and precoding the second part of the signal based on the second TPMI.
关于第五方面的有益效果以及第一方面可能的设计,可以参考第二方面中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Regarding the beneficial effects of the fifth aspect and possible designs of the first aspect, please refer to the relevant description in the second aspect and will not be repeated here.
第六方面,提供了一种单载波通信方法,该方法可以由通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)执行,或者,也可以由通信装置的组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)执行,对此不作限定。In the sixth aspect, a single-carrier communication method is provided, which can be executed by a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device), or can be executed by a component of the communication device (such as a chip or a circuit), without limitation.
该方法可以包括:发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息满足以下任一项:第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,第一TPMI与第二TPMI具有关联关系,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;其中,第一部分信号和第二部分信号是通过单载波处理得到的信号。The method may include: sending first indication information, the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; wherein the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are signals obtained by single carrier processing.
关于第六方面的有益效果以及第六方面可能的设计,可以参考第二方面中的相关描述,此处不再赘述。Regarding the beneficial effects of the sixth aspect and possible designs of the sixth aspect, please refer to the relevant description in the second aspect and will not be repeated here.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置,该装置用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。具体地,该装置可以包括用于执行第一方面至第六方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的单元和/或模块,如处理单元和/或通信单元。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, the device being used to execute the method in any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects. Specifically, the device may include a unit and/or module, such as a processing unit and/or a communication unit, for executing the method in any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)。当该装置为终端设备时,通信单元可以是收发器,或,输入/输出接口;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器。可选地,收发器可以为收发电路。可选地,输入/输出接口可以为输入/输出电路。In one implementation, the device is a communication device (such as a terminal device, or a network device). When the device is a terminal device, the communication unit may be a transceiver, or an input/output interface; the processing unit may be at least one processor. Optionally, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit. Optionally, the input/output interface may be an input/output circuit.
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为用于通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)的芯片、芯片系统或电路。当该装置为用于终端设备的芯片、芯片系统或电路时,通信单元可以是该芯片、芯片系统或电路上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等;处理单元可以是至少一个处理器、处理电路或逻辑电路等。In another implementation, the device is a chip, chip system or circuit for a communication device (such as a terminal device, or a network device). When the device is a chip, chip system or circuit for a terminal device, the communication unit may be an input/output interface, interface circuit, output circuit, input circuit, pin or related circuit on the chip, chip system or circuit; the processing unit may be at least one processor, processing circuit or logic circuit.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置,该装置包括:至少一个处理器,用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,以执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。可选地,该装置还包括存储器,用于存储的计算机程序或指令。可选地,该装置还包括通信接口,处理器通过通信接口读取存储器存储的计算机程序或指令。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, the device comprising: at least one processor, configured to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory, so as to execute the method in any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects above. Optionally, the device further comprises a memory, configured to store a computer program or instruction. Optionally, the device further comprises a communication interface, and the processor reads the computer program or instruction stored in the memory through the communication interface.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)。In one implementation, the device is a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device).
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为用于通信装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备)的芯片、芯片系统或电路。In another implementation, the device is a chip, a chip system or a circuit used in a communication device (such as a terminal device or a network device).
第九方面,本申请提供一种处理器,用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面提供的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a processor for executing the methods provided in the first to sixth aspects above.
对于处理器所涉及的发送和获取/接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则可以理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,也可以理解为由射频电路和天线所进行的发送和接收操作,本申请对此不做限定。For the operations such as sending and acquiring/receiving involved in the processor, unless otherwise specified, or unless they conflict with their actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, they can be understood as operations such as processor output, reception, input, etc., or as sending and receiving operations performed by the radio frequency circuit and antenna, and this application does not limit this.
第十方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读介质存储用于设备执行的程序代码,该程序代码包括用于执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, which stores a program code for execution by a device, wherein the program code includes a method for executing any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects above.
第十一方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第六方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, and when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer is enabled to execute a method in any possible implementation of the first to sixth aspects above.
第十二方面,提供一种通信系统,包括前述的发送端装置和接收端装置。In a twelfth aspect, a communication system is provided, comprising the aforementioned transmitting device and receiving device.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统100的一示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种单载波通信方法200的示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a single-carrier communication method 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图3是适用于本申请实施例的信号处理的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of signal processing applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图4是适用于方式1的示意图。FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram applicable to method 1.
图5是适用于方式2的示意图。 FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram applicable to method 2.
图6是适用于本申请实施例的DMRS的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置700的示意性框图。FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置800的示意性框图。FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 800 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种芯片系统900的示意性框图。FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a chip system 900 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)或新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solution provided in this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, etc. The technical solution provided in this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The technical solution provided in this application can also be applied to device to device (D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, machine to machine (M2M) communication, machine type communication (MTC), and Internet of things (IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
本申请实施例中的终端设备包括各种具有无线通信功能的设备,其可用于连接人、物、机器等。终端设备可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如:蜂窝通信,D2D,V2X,端到端(peer to peer,P2P),M2M,MTC,IoT,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR),增强现实(augmented reality,AR),工业控制,自动驾驶,远程医疗,智能电网,智能家具,智能办公,智能穿戴,智能交通,智慧城市无人机,机器人,遥感,被动传感,定位,导航与跟踪,自主交付等场景。终端设备可以是上述任一场景下的终端,如MTC终端、IoT终端等。终端设备可以是第三代合作伙伴项目(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)标准的用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端(terminal)、固定设备、移动台(mobile station)设备或者说移动设备、用户单元(subscriber unit)、手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、SIP电话、无线数据卡、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、电脑、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、无线调制解调器、手持设备(handset)、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、具有无线收发功能的计算机、智能书、车辆、卫星、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)设备、目标跟踪设备、飞行器(例如无人机、直升机、多直升机、四直升机、或飞机等)、船只、遥控设备智能家居设备、工业设备,或者内置于上述设备中的装置(例如,上述设备中的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片等),或者连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备。The terminal devices in the embodiments of the present application include various devices with wireless communication functions, which can be used to connect people, objects, machines, etc. The terminal devices can be widely used in various scenarios, such as: cellular communication, D2D, V2X, peer to peer (P2P), M2M, MTC, IoT, virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), industrial control, automatic driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city drones, robots, remote sensing, passive sensing, positioning, navigation and tracking, autonomous delivery, etc. The terminal device can be a terminal in any of the above scenarios, such as an MTC terminal, an IoT terminal, etc. The terminal device can be a user equipment (UE), terminal, fixed device, mobile station device or mobile device of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) standard, a subscriber unit, a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, a cellular phone, a smart phone, a SIP phone, a wireless data card, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a computer, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a wireless modem, a handheld device (handset), a laptop computer, a computer with wireless transceiver function, a smart book, a vehicle, a satellite, a global positioning system (GPS) device, a target tracking device, an aircraft (such as a drone, a helicopter, a multi-copter, a quadcopter, or an airplane), a ship, a remote control device, a smart home device, an industrial device, or a device built into the above device (for example, a communication module, a modem or a chip in the above device), or other processing devices connected to the wireless modem.
应理解,在某些场景下,UE还可以用于充当基站。例如,UE可以充当调度实体,其在V2X、D2D或P2P等场景中的UE之间提供侧行链路信号。It should be understood that in some scenarios, the UE can also be used to act as a base station. For example, the UE can act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between UEs in scenarios such as V2X, D2D or P2P.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统或芯片,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal device can be the terminal device, or it can be a device that can support the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a chip, which can be installed in the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.
本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备也可以称为接入网设备或无线接入网设备,如网络设备可以是基站。本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是指将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备)。基站可以广义的覆盖如下中的各种名称,或与如下名称进行替换,比如:节点B(NodeB)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、中继站、接入点、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、主站、辅站、多制式无线(motor slide retainer,MSR)节点、家庭基站、网络控制器、接入节点、无线节点、接入点(AP)、传输节点、收发节点、基带单元(BBU)、射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)、射频头(remote radio head,RRH)、中心单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)、定位节点等。基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主节点或类似物,或其组合。基站还可以指用于设置于前述设备或装置内的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片。基站还可以是移动交换中心以及D2D、V2X、M2M通信中承担基站功能的设备、6G网络中的网络侧设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。基站可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。 The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with a terminal device, and the network device may also be referred to as an access network device or a wireless access network device, such as a base station. The network device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a wireless access network (RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network. Base station can broadly cover various names as follows, or replace with the following names, such as: NodeB, evolved NodeB (eNB), next generation NodeB (gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (TRP), transmission point (TP), master station, auxiliary station, multi-standard wireless (motor slide retainer, MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (AP), transmission node, transceiver node, baseband unit (BBU), remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), remote radio head (RRH), central unit (CU), distributed unit (DU), positioning node, etc. The base station can be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof. The base station can also refer to a communication module, a modem or a chip used to be set in the aforementioned device or apparatus. The base station can also be a mobile switching center and a device that performs the base station function in D2D, V2X, and M2M communications, a network-side device in a 6G network, or a device that performs the base station function in a future communication system. The base station can support networks with the same or different access technologies. The embodiments of this application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form used by the network device.
基站可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。例如,直升机或无人机可以被配置成充当移动基站,一个或多个小区可以根据该移动基站的位置移动。在其他示例中,直升机或无人机可以被配置成用作与另一基站通信的设备。Base stations can be fixed or mobile. For example, a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move based on the location of the mobile base station. In other examples, a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a device that communicates with another base station.
网络设备和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上;还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和卫星上。本申请实施例中对网络设备和终端设备所处的场景不做限定。The network equipment and terminal equipment can be deployed on land, including indoors or outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; they can also be deployed on the water surface; they can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the air. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the scenarios in which the network equipment and terminal equipment are located.
首先简单介绍适用于本申请的通信系统,如下。First, a communication system applicable to the present application is briefly introduced as follows.
参见图1,作为示例,图1是适用于本申请实施例的无线通信系统100的一示意图。如图1所示,该无线通信系统100可以包括至少一个网络设备,例如图1所示的网络设备110,该无线通信系统100还可以包括至少一个终端设备,例如图1所示的终端设备120。网络设备和终端设备均可配置至少一个天线,网络设备与终端设备可使用多天线技术通信。Referring to FIG. 1 , as an example, FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , the wireless communication system 100 may include at least one network device, such as the network device 110 shown in FIG. 1 , and the wireless communication system 100 may also include at least one terminal device, such as the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1 . Both the network device and the terminal device may be configured with at least one antenna, and the network device and the terminal device may communicate using a multi-antenna technology.
其中,网络设备和终端设备通信时,网络设备可以管理至少一个小区,一个小区中可以有整数个终端设备。可选地,网络设备110和终端设备120组成一个单小区通信系统,不失一般性,将小区记为小区#1。网络设备110可以是小区#1中的网络设备,或者,网络设备110可以为小区#1中的终端设备(例如终端设备120)服务。When the network device and the terminal device communicate, the network device can manage at least one cell, and there can be an integer number of terminal devices in one cell. Optionally, the network device 110 and the terminal device 120 form a single-cell communication system, and without loss of generality, the cell is recorded as cell #1. The network device 110 can be a network device in cell #1, or the network device 110 can serve a terminal device (such as terminal device 120) in cell #1.
需要说明的是,小区可以理解为网络设备的无线信号覆盖范围内的区域。It should be noted that a cell can be understood as an area within the coverage of wireless signals of network equipment.
可以理解,图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该无线通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备或者还可以包括其他终端设备,图1中未予以画出。本申请实施例可以适用于发送端设备和接收端设备通信的任何通信场景。It is understood that Figure 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding, and the wireless communication system 100 may also include other network devices or other terminal devices, which are not shown in Figure 1. The embodiments of the present application may be applicable to any communication scenario in which a transmitting device and a receiving device communicate.
作为一个示例,本申请的技术方案可以适用于小区内的传输的场景。终端设备测量当前服务小区的非服务波束的参考信号,并上报给当前服务小区。根据网络设备的配置,终端设备可以将服务波束切换为上报的波束。As an example, the technical solution of the present application can be applied to the transmission scenario within a cell. The terminal device measures the reference signal of the non-serving beam of the current serving cell and reports it to the current serving cell. According to the configuration of the network device, the terminal device can switch the serving beam to the reported beam.
作为另一个示例,本申请的技术方案也可以适用于小区间传输的场景。终端设备测量非服务小区波束的参考信号,并上报给当前服务小区。根据网络设备的配置,切换波束后,终端设备可从另一个小区接收信令/数据,但不用切换服务小区。也就是说,终端设备从另一个小区的天线接收信号,但服务小区可能不变,也可能改变。As another example, the technical solution of the present application can also be applied to the scenario of inter-cell transmission. The terminal device measures the reference signal of the non-serving cell beam and reports it to the current serving cell. According to the configuration of the network device, after switching the beam, the terminal device can receive signaling/data from another cell without switching the serving cell. In other words, the terminal device receives a signal from the antenna of another cell, but the serving cell may remain unchanged or may change.
上述为示例性说明,对此不予限制。本申请的技术方案可以用于终端设备采用至少两个波束同时进行上行传输的场景。网络侧接收终端设备采用至少两个波束发送的信号的设备可以属于不同小区,也可以是同一小区的不同TRP或天线面板(panel),对此不予限制。此外,终端设备一般利用两个panel实现多波束的同时发送,因此本申请的技术方案也可以用于多panel同时传输的场景。The above is an exemplary description and is not intended to be limiting. The technical solution of the present application can be used in scenarios where a terminal device uses at least two beams to simultaneously perform uplink transmission. The devices on the network side that receive signals sent by a terminal device using at least two beams may belong to different cells, or may be different TRPs or antenna panels in the same cell, without limitation. In addition, the terminal device generally uses two panels to achieve simultaneous transmission of multiple beams, so the technical solution of the present application can also be used in scenarios where multiple panels transmit simultaneously.
为便于理解本申请实施例,对本申请中涉及到的术语做简单说明。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, a brief description of the terms involved in the present application is given.
1、波束(beam)1. Beam
波束是一种通信资源。波束在NR协议中的体现可以是空域滤波器(spatial filter),或者称空间滤波器(spatial filter)或空间参数(spatial parameters)。用于发送信号的波束可以称为发射波束(transmission beam,Tx beam),可以称为空间发送滤波器(spatial domain transmit filter)或空间发射参数(spatial domain transmit parameter);用于接收信号的波束可以称为接收波束(reception beam,Rx beam),可以称为空间接收滤波器(spatial domain receive filter)或空间接收参数(spatial domain receive parameter)。A beam is a communication resource. The embodiment of a beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial filter, or a spatial filter or spatial parameters. The beam used to send a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), which can be called a spatial domain transmit filter or a spatial domain transmit parameter; the beam used to receive a signal can be called a reception beam (Rx beam), which can be called a spatial domain receive filter or a spatial domain receive parameter.
发射波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布,接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。The transmit beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions of space after the signal is transmitted by the antenna, and the receive beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions of space of the wireless signal received from the antenna.
应理解,上文列举的NR协议中对于波束的体现仅为示例,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在未来的协议中定义其他的术语来表示相同或相似的含义的可能。It should be understood that the embodiment of beams in the NR protocol listed above is only an example and should not constitute any limitation to this application. This application does not exclude the possibility of defining other terms in future protocols to express the same or similar meanings.
此外,波束可以是宽波束,或者窄波束,或者其他类型波束。形成波束的技术可以是波束赋形技术或者其他技术。波束赋形技术具体可以为数字波束赋形技术、模拟波束赋形技术或者混合数字/模拟波束赋形技术等。不同的波束可以认为是不同的资源。通过不同的波束可以发送相同的信息或者不同的信息。In addition, the beam may be a wide beam, a narrow beam, or other types of beams. The technology for forming the beam may be a beamforming technology or other technologies. The beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology. Different beams may be considered as different resources. The same information or different information may be sent through different beams.
可选地,将具有相同或者类似的通信特征的多个波束视为是一个波束。一个波束内可以包括一个或多个天线端口,用于传输数据信道、控制信道和探测信号等。形成一个波束的一个或多个天线端口也可以看作是一个天线端口集。 Optionally, multiple beams with the same or similar communication characteristics are regarded as one beam. One beam may include one or more antenna ports for transmitting data channels, control channels, and sounding signals, etc. One or more antenna ports forming a beam may also be regarded as an antenna port set.
作为示例,在使用低频频段或中频频段时,可以全向发送信号或者通过一个较宽的角度来发送信号;在使用高频频段时,得益于高频通信系统较小的载波波长,可以在发送端和接收端布置很多天线阵子构成的天线阵列,发送端以一定波束赋形权值发送信号,使发送信号形成具有空间指向性的波束,同时在接收端用天线阵列以一定波束赋形权值进行接收,可以提高信号在接收端的接收功率,对抗路径损耗。As an example, when using a low frequency band or a medium frequency band, the signal can be sent omnidirectionally or through a wider angle; when using a high frequency band, thanks to the smaller carrier wavelength of the high frequency communication system, an antenna array consisting of many antenna elements can be arranged at the transmitting and receiving ends. The transmitting end sends the signal with a certain beamforming weight so that the transmitted signal forms a beam with spatial directivity. At the same time, the receiving end uses an antenna array with a certain beamforming weight for reception, which can increase the received power of the signal at the receiving end and combat path loss.
2、天线端口(antenna port)2. Antenna port
天线端口简称端口。被接收端设备所识别的发射天线,或者在空间上可以区分的发射天线。针对每个虚拟天线可以配置一个天线端口,每个虚拟天线可以为多个物理天线的加权组合,每个天线端口可以与一个参考信号端口对应。Antenna port is referred to as port. A transmitting antenna identified by a receiving device, or a transmitting antenna that can be distinguished in space. An antenna port can be configured for each virtual antenna. Each virtual antenna can be a weighted combination of multiple physical antennas. Each antenna port can correspond to a reference signal port.
3、参考信号(reference signal,RS)3. Reference signal (RS)
参考信号也可以称为导频信号(pilot signal),是由发射端设备提供给接收设备的用于信道估计、信道测量、信道探测或信道解调等的一种已知信号。作为示例,参考信号可以应用于物理层(physical layer)。参考信号可以包括下行参考信号和上行参考信号。A reference signal, also called a pilot signal, is a known signal provided by a transmitting device to a receiving device for channel estimation, channel measurement, channel detection, or channel demodulation. As an example, a reference signal can be applied to a physical layer. Reference signals can include downlink reference signals and uplink reference signals.
作为示例,下行参考信号包括:主同步信号(primary synchronization signal,PSS)、辅同步信号(secondary synchronization signal,SSS)、用于下行解调的解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、用于下行的相位噪声跟踪信号(phase noise tracking reference signal,PTRS)、信道状态信息参考信号(channel status information reference signal,CSI-RS),小区信号(cell reference signal,CRS),精同步信号(time/frequency tracking reference signal,TRS),定位信号(positioning RS)等。其中,用于物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)解调的DMRS可称为PDCCH DMRS,用于物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)解调的DMRS可称为PDSCH DMRS。As an example, downlink reference signals include: primary synchronization signal (PSS), secondary synchronization signal (SSS), demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for downlink demodulation, phase noise tracking signal (PTRS) for downlink, channel status information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell reference signal (CRS), time/frequency tracking reference signal (TRS), positioning signal (positioning RS), etc. Among them, DMRS for demodulation of physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) may be referred to as PDCCH DMRS, and DMRS for demodulation of physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) may be referred to as PDSCH DMRS.
作为示例,上行参考信号包括:用于上行解调的DMRS,用于上行信道测量的探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),或者用于上行的PTRS、上行定位信号(uplink positioning RS)等等。其中,用于物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)解调的DMRS可称为PUCCH DMRS,用于物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)解调的DMRS可称为PUSCH DMRS。As an example, the uplink reference signal includes: DMRS for uplink demodulation, sounding reference signal (SRS) for uplink channel measurement, or PTRS for uplink, uplink positioning signal (uplink positioning RS), etc. Among them, the DMRS used for physical uplink control channel (physical uplink control channel, PUCCH) demodulation can be called PUCCH DMRS, and the DMRS used for physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel, PUSCH) demodulation can be called PUSCH DMRS.
除上述列举的参考信号外,本申请的参考信号还可以为具有良好相关特性的序列信号集合中的一个序列信号。其中良好相关特性是集合中任意一个序列具有较大的自相关峰值,以及集合中任意两个序列具有较小的互相关峰值。即,在本申请实施例中,发送设备可以发送多个信号,其中至少一个信号为具有上述良好相关性的序列信号,例如伪随机(pseudo random)序列和佐道夫舒(Zadoff-chu)序列。具体地说,相关是指一个序列信号与同集合另一个序列信号进行相关计算,计算得到相关值。从而,对于具有良好相关特性的序列信号,接收设备能够基于相关性,检测该信号是否存。即,对于具有相关性的序列信号的传输无需使用导频等检测机制。其中,作为具有良好相关特性的信号的一种,可以列举参考信号(或者说,导频信号)。In addition to the reference signals listed above, the reference signal of the present application may also be a sequence signal in a set of sequence signals with good correlation characteristics. The good correlation characteristic is that any sequence in the set has a larger autocorrelation peak, and any two sequences in the set have a smaller mutual correlation peak. That is, in an embodiment of the present application, a transmitting device may send multiple signals, at least one of which is a sequence signal with the above-mentioned good correlation, such as a pseudo-random sequence and a Zadoff-chu sequence. Specifically, correlation refers to a correlation calculation between a sequence signal and another sequence signal in the same set to obtain a correlation value. Thus, for a sequence signal with good correlation characteristics, the receiving device can detect whether the signal exists based on the correlation. That is, there is no need to use a detection mechanism such as a pilot for the transmission of a sequence signal with correlation. Among them, as a type of signal with good correlation characteristics, a reference signal (or a pilot signal) can be listed.
应理解,以上列举的序列信号的具体示例仅为示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此,例如,该序列信号还可以是用于承载反馈信息(例如,确认(acknowledgement,ACK)信息或否定(negative acknowledgement,NACK))的信号、资源请求信号或测量请求信号等。It should be understood that the specific examples of sequence signals listed above are only for illustrative purposes and the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the sequence signal may also be a signal for carrying feedback information (e.g., confirmation (acknowledgement, ACK) information or negative acknowledgement (negative acknowledgment, NACK)), a resource request signal or a measurement request signal, etc.
4、准共址(quasi-co-location,QCL)4. Quasi-co-location (QCL)
QCL或者称准同位。QCL关系用于表示多个资源之间具有一个或多个相同或者相似的通信特征,对于具有QCL关系的多个资源,可以采用相同或者相似的通信配置。QCL is also called Quasi-Colocation. A QCL relationship is used to indicate that multiple resources have one or more identical or similar communication characteristics. For multiple resources having a QCL relationship, the same or similar communication configuration can be used.
例如,如果两个天线端口具有QCL关系,一个天线端口的参数可用于确定与该天线端口具有QCL关系的另一个天线端口的参数。其中,该参数可以包括以下一项或多项:时延扩展(delay spread),多普勒扩展(Doppler spread),多普勒频移(Doppler shift),平均时延(average delay),平均增益,空间接收参数(spatial Rx parameters)。其中,空间接收参数可以包括以下的一项或多项:到达角(angle of arrival,AOA)、平均AOA、AOA扩展、离开角(angle of departure,AOD)、平均离开角AOD、AOD扩展、接收天线空间相关性参数、发送天线空间相关性参数、发射波束、接收波束以及资源标识。For example, if two antenna ports have a QCL relationship, the parameters of one antenna port can be used to determine the parameters of another antenna port that has a QCL relationship with the antenna port. The parameters may include one or more of the following: delay spread, Doppler spread, Doppler shift, average delay, average gain, and spatial Rx parameters. The spatial Rx parameters may include one or more of the following: angle of arrival (AOA), average AOA, AOA spread, angle of departure (AOD), average angle of departure AOD, AOD spread, receive antenna spatial correlation parameters, transmit antenna spatial correlation parameters, transmit beam, receive beam, and resource identifier.
作为示例,同位指示可用于指示至少两组天线端口是否具有同位关系。例如,同位指示用于指示至少两组天线端口发送的信道状态信息参考信号是否来自相同的传输点,或同位指示用于指示至少两 组天线端口发送的信道状态信息参考信号是否来自相同的波束组。As an example, the co-location indication may be used to indicate whether at least two groups of antenna ports have a co-location relationship. For example, the co-location indication is used to indicate whether the channel state information reference signals sent by at least two groups of antenna ports come from the same transmission point, or the co-location indication is used to indicate whether at least two groups of antenna ports have a co-location relationship. Whether the channel state information reference signals sent by the group antenna ports come from the same beam group.
5、传输配置指示(transmission configuration indicator,TCI)5. Transmission configuration indicator (TCI)
TCI可用于指示TCI状态(TCI-state)。协议中高层可以通过TCI-state来配置QCL,TCI-state用于在一到两个下行参考信号和PDSCH的DMRS之间配置准共址关系。TCI-state包括一个或者两个QCL关系,QCL表征了当前将要接收的信号,与之前已知的某参考信号之间的某种一致性关系。若存在QCL关系,终端设备可以使用之前接收某参考信号时的接收或发送参数,来接收或发送将要到来的信号。TCI can be used to indicate TCI state (TCI-state). The upper layer in the protocol can configure QCL through TCI-state. TCI-state is used to configure a quasi-co-location relationship between one or two downlink reference signals and the DMRS of PDSCH. TCI-state includes one or two QCL relationships. QCL represents a certain consistency relationship between the signal to be received and a previously known reference signal. If a QCL relationship exists, the terminal device can use the reception or transmission parameters of the previous reception of a reference signal to receive or send the upcoming signal.
一个TCI状态的配置信息可以包括一个或两个参考信号资源的标识,以及所关联的QCL类型。当QCL关系配置为类型(type)A、或B、或C中的一种时,终端设备可以根据TCI状态的指示,解调PDCCH或PDSCH。当QCL关系配置为类型D时,终端设备可以知道网络设备使用哪个发射波束发送信号,进而可以根据前文所述的信道测量确定的波束配对关系确定使用哪个接收波束接收信号。The configuration information of a TCI state may include the identifiers of one or two reference signal resources and the associated QCL type. When the QCL relationship is configured as one of type A, B, or C, the terminal device can demodulate the PDCCH or PDSCH according to the indication of the TCI state. When the QCL relationship is configured as type D, the terminal device can know which transmit beam the network device uses to send the signal, and then determine which receive beam to use to receive the signal based on the beam pairing relationship determined by the channel measurement described above.
下面简单介绍一下TCI状态的配置、激活和指示。The following is a brief introduction to the configuration, activation and indication of TCI status.
TCI状态配置:作为示例,网络设备可通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令向终端设备配置多个TCI状态。这些TCI状态均包括一个类型为typeD的QCL-Info。网络设备也可以配置不包括类型为typeD的QCL-info的TCI-state,对此不予限制。TCI state configuration: As an example, the network device can configure multiple TCI states to the terminal device through radio resource control (RRC) signaling. These TCI states all include a QCL-Info of type D. The network device can also configure a TCI-state that does not include a QCL-info of type D, and there is no restriction on this.
TCI状态激活:网络设备配置多个TCI状态后,可以通过介质访问控制-控制元素(medium access control-control element,MAC-CE)激活其中8个TCI状态。这8个TCI状态与下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中的TCI字段的8个值是一一对应的。即,DCI的TCI字段的8个值对应的是哪8个TCI状态,可以通过MAC-CE来确定的。TCI state activation: After the network device is configured with multiple TCI states, 8 of the TCI states can be activated through the medium access control-control element (MAC-CE). These 8 TCI states correspond one-to-one to the 8 values of the TCI field in the downlink control information (DCI). That is, the 8 values of the TCI field of the DCI correspond to which 8 TCI states can be determined through MAC-CE.
TCI状态指示:网络设备通过DCI中的TCI字段来指示一个具体的TCI-state。例如,网络设备发送给终端设备的DCI中的TCI字段的值为000,表示数据传输波束采用的000对应的TCI状态。该TCI状态内的类型为typeD的QCL-Info所包含的参考信号是索引为#1的信道状态信息-参考信号(channel state information–reference signal,CSI-RS),表示数据传输采用的波束与索引为#1的CSI-RS对应的接收波束是相同的。索引为#1的CSI-RS对应的接收波束可通过波束测量流程来确定,对终端设备来说是已知的。因此,通过TCI字段的具体取值,终端设备就可以确定数据传输波束对应的波束,从而采用相应的波束来发送或接收数据。TCI state indication: The network device indicates a specific TCI-state through the TCI field in the DCI. For example, the value of the TCI field in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device is 000, indicating that the data transmission beam adopts the TCI state corresponding to 000. The reference signal contained in the QCL-Info of type D in the TCI state is the channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) with an index of #1, indicating that the beam used for data transmission is the same as the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS with an index of #1. The receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS with an index of #1 can be determined through the beam measurement process and is known to the terminal device. Therefore, through the specific value of the TCI field, the terminal device can determine the beam corresponding to the data transmission beam, and thus use the corresponding beam to send or receive data.
需要说明的是,本文中TCI-state和TCI状态两个描述方式可以互相替换。It should be noted that the two descriptions of TCI-state and TCI state in this article can be interchangeable.
6、时域单元和频域单元6. Time domain unit and frequency domain unit
数据或信息可以通过时频资源来承载。Data or information can be carried through time and frequency resources.
在频域上,时频资源可以包括一个或多个频域单元。一个频域单元可以是一个资源单元(resource element,RE),或者一个资源块(resource block,RB),或者一个子信道(subchannel),或者一个资源池(resource pool),或者一个带宽(bandwidth),或者一个带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP),或者一个载波(carrier),或者一个信道(channel),或者一个交错(interlace)RB等。In the frequency domain, time-frequency resources can include one or more frequency domain units. A frequency domain unit can be a resource element (RE), a resource block (RB), a subchannel, a resource pool, a bandwidth, a bandwidth part (BWP), a carrier, a channel, or an interlace RB, etc.
7、公共波束7. Public beam
目前每个信道都采用单独的波束指示。每个信道都有自己对应的波束。在本申请实施例中,定义一种公共波束,可同时用于上行和/或下行的多个信道。可以理解,公共波束的命名是便于区分做的命名,其也可以替换为其他的名称,不予限制。At present, each channel is indicated by a separate beam. Each channel has its own corresponding beam. In the embodiment of the present application, a common beam is defined, which can be used for multiple uplink and/or downlink channels at the same time. It can be understood that the naming of the common beam is for the convenience of distinction, and it can also be replaced by other names without limitation.
公共波束:以下至少一项共同采用的同一个波束(或者同一组波束):至少一个个信道、至少一种信道、至少一个参考信号、至少一种种参考信号。作为示例,信道包括但不限于以下至少一种:PDCCH、PDSCH、PUCCH、PUSCH、物理随机接入信道(physical random access channel,PRACH)。作为示例,参考信号包括但不限于以下至少一种:同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)、CSI-RS、DMRS、PTRS、TRS、SRS等。Common beam: The same beam (or the same group of beams) used by at least one of the following: at least one channel, at least one channel, at least one reference signal, at least one reference signal. As an example, the channel includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: PDCCH, PDSCH, PUCCH, PUSCH, physical random access channel (PRACH). As an example, the reference signal includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: synchronization signal block (SSB), CSI-RS, DMRS, PTRS, TRS, SRS, etc.
联合(joint)公共波束:同时用于上行的至少一个信道或至少一个参考信号的传输,和用于下行的至少一个信道或至少一个参考信号的传输。例如,PDCCH,PDSCH,PUCCH和PUSCH。联合公共波束也可以称为上下行公共波束,其命名不对本申请实施例的保护范围造成限定。Joint common beam: used for transmission of at least one uplink channel or at least one reference signal, and at least one downlink channel or at least one reference signal. For example, PDCCH, PDSCH, PUCCH and PUSCH. The joint common beam may also be referred to as an uplink and downlink common beam, and its naming does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
上行公共波束:同时用于上行的以下至少一项的传输:至少一个信道、至少一种信道的传输、至少一个参考信号、至少一种参考信号。例如,同时用于PUCCH、PUSCH和SRS的波束可称为上行公共 波束。Uplink common beam: A beam used for uplink transmission of at least one of the following: at least one channel, at least one channel transmission, at least one reference signal, at least one reference signal. For example, a beam used for PUCCH, PUSCH, and SRS at the same time can be called an uplink common beam. Beam.
下行公共波束:同时用于下行的以下至少一项的传输:至少一个信道、至少一种信道的传输、至少一个参考信号、至少一种参考信号。例如,同时用于PDCCH、PDSCH和CSI-RS的波束可称为上行公共波束。Downlink common beam: used for transmission of at least one of the following in downlink at the same time: at least one channel, at least one channel transmission, at least one reference signal, at least one reference signal. For example, a beam used for PDCCH, PDSCH and CSI-RS at the same time can be called an uplink common beam.
公共波束的形式:公共波束可以是一种新定义的结构(如不同于现有的TCI-state)。例如,公共波束中包括波束指示的相关信息,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:公共波束标识(identifier,ID),逻辑小区标识(cell ID),物理小区标识,部分带宽标识,确定波束的参考信号资源,QCL类型,上行功控相关参数(如路损测量参考信号资源,p0,闭环索引(closedLoopIndex)等),路径损耗参考信号的标识。The form of common beam: the common beam can be a newly defined structure (such as different from the existing TCI-state). For example, the common beam includes relevant information of the beam indication, including but not limited to one or more of the following: common beam identifier (identifier, ID), logical cell identifier (cell ID), physical cell identifier, partial bandwidth identifier, reference signal resources for determining the beam, QCL type, uplink power control related parameters (such as path loss measurement reference signal resources, p0, closed loop index (closedLoopIndex)), path loss reference signal identifier.
公共波束的应用范围:作为一示例,公共波束可以是小区级的,如一个公共公波束用于一个小区内多个信道的传输。作为另一示例,公共波束可以是BWP级的,如用于一个BWP内多个信道的传输。作为另一示例,公共波束也可以是跨小区的,如用于多个小区的多个信道的传输。其中,多个小区例如可以是一个频段(band)内的多个小区,或者多个小区也可以是跨频段的多个小区,不予限制。Application scope of common beam: As an example, common beam can be cell-level, such as a common common beam used for transmission of multiple channels in a cell. As another example, common beam can be BWP-level, such as used for transmission of multiple channels in a BWP. As another example, common beam can also be cross-cell, such as used for transmission of multiple channels in multiple cells. The multiple cells can be, for example, multiple cells in a frequency band, or multiple cells can be multiple cells across frequency bands, without limitation.
上面对本申请中涉及到的术语做了简单说明,下文实施例中不再赘述。此外,上文关于术语的说明,仅是为便于理解做的说明,其对本申请实施例的保护范围不造成限定。The above briefly describes the terms involved in this application, which will not be repeated in the following embodiments. In addition, the above description of terms is only for ease of understanding and does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of this application.
可以理解,本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It can be understood that the term "and/or" in this article is only a description of the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships. For example, A and/or B can represent: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
还可以理解,指示信息所指示的信息,称为待指示信息。在具体实现过程中,对待指示信息进行指示的方式有很多种,例如但不限于,可以直接指示待指示信息,如待指示信息本身或者该待指示信息的索引等。也可以通过指示其他信息来间接指示待指示信息,其中该其他信息与待指示信息之间存在关联关系。还可以仅仅指示待指示信息的一部分,而待指示信息的其他部分则是已知的或者提前约定的。例如,还可以借助预先约定(例如协议规定)的各个信息的排列顺序来实现对特定信息的指示,从而在一定程度上降低指示开销。It can also be understood that the information indicated by the indication information is called the information to be indicated. In the specific implementation process, there are many ways to indicate the information to be indicated, such as but not limited to, the information to be indicated can be directly indicated, such as the information to be indicated itself or the index of the information to be indicated. The information to be indicated can also be indirectly indicated by indicating other information, wherein there is an association relationship between the other information and the information to be indicated. It is also possible to indicate only a part of the information to be indicated, while the other parts of the information to be indicated are known or agreed in advance. For example, the indication of specific information can also be achieved with the help of the arrangement order of each information agreed in advance (such as specified by the protocol), thereby reducing the indication overhead to a certain extent.
下文将结合附图详细说明本申请实施例提供的方法。本申请提供的实施例可以适用于发送端装置和接收端装置的任何通信场景,如可以应用于上述图1所示的通信系统中。下面方法实施例中,主要以发送端装置为终端设备(或者称终端装置),接收端装置为网络设备(或者称网络装置)为例进行示例性说明。The method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The embodiment provided by the present application can be applied to any communication scenario of a transmitting end device and a receiving end device, such as being applied to the communication system shown in FIG1 above. In the following method embodiment, the transmitting end device is mainly a terminal device (or a terminal device) and the receiving end device is a network device (or a network device) as an example for exemplary description.
参见图2,作为示例,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种单载波通信方法200的示意图。Referring to FIG. 2 , as an example, FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a single-carrier communication method 200 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
210,对编码比特流进行调制,得到至少两部分调制符号,该至少两部分调制符号包括第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号。210. Modulate the coded bit stream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols, where the at least two parts of modulation symbols include a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols.
第一种可能的实现方式,对编码比特流进行调制,得到调制符号,调制符号被分为至少两部分调制符号。In a first possible implementation, the coded bit stream is modulated to obtain modulation symbols, where the modulation symbols are divided into at least two modulation symbol parts.
第二种可能的实现方式,对编码比特流进行调制,得到至少两部分调制符号。In a second possible implementation, the coded bit stream is modulated to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols.
本申请实施例主要以第一种可能的实现方式为例进行介绍。The embodiments of the present application are mainly introduced by taking the first possible implementation method as an example.
以发送端装置为终端设备为例,在步骤210中,终端设备对编码比特流进行调制,得到调制符号。Taking the transmitting end device as a terminal device as an example, in step 210, the terminal device modulates the coded bit stream to obtain modulation symbols.
示例地,对编码比特流进行调制的调制方式可以包括但不限于以下任一种:pi/2-二进制相移键控(binary phase shift keying,BPSK),正交相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying,QPSK),16正交振幅调制(quadrature amplitude modulation,QAM),64QAM,256QAM,相移键控(phase shift keying,PSK),振幅移相键控(amplitude phase shift keying,APSK),非均匀QAM等。以对编码比特流进行调制的调制方式为QAM为例,调制符号例如可以为QAM符号。For example, the modulation method for modulating the coded bit stream may include, but is not limited to, any of the following: pi/2-binary phase shift keying (BPSK), quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK), 16 quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM), 64QAM, 256QAM, phase shift keying (PSK), amplitude phase shift keying (APSK), non-uniform QAM, etc. Taking the modulation method for modulating the coded bit stream as QAM as an example, the modulation symbol may be, for example, a QAM symbol.
可以理解,本申请实施例对编码比特流调制的具体方式不予限制。It can be understood that the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific method of coded bit stream modulation.
还可以理解,在步骤210中,对编码比特流进行调制得到的调制符号中的符号数量为多个。It can also be understood that, in step 210, the number of symbols in the modulation symbol obtained by modulating the coded bit stream is multiple.
可选地,方法200还包括:将调制符号分为至少两部分调制符号,该至少两部分调制符号包括第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号。Optionally, the method 200 further includes: dividing the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, where the at least two parts of modulation symbols include a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols.
以发送端装置为终端设备为例,终端设备将调制符号分为至少两部分调制符号。Taking the transmitting end device as a terminal device as an example, the terminal device divides the modulation symbol into at least two modulation symbols.
下面列举个示例。假设调制符号的符号数量为N,N为大于1的整数,终端设备可以将该N个调 制符号可分为至少两部分调制符号。例如,终端设备将该N个调制符号可分为两部分调制符号;再例如,终端设备将该N个调制符号可分为三部分调制符号;再例如,终端设备将该N个调制符号可分为四部分调制符号,等等,对此不予限制。其中,每部分调制符号中的符号数量可以相同,也可以不同,不予限制。此外,每部分调制符号可对应一流信号。The following is an example. Assume that the number of modulation symbols is N, where N is an integer greater than 1. The terminal device can The modulation symbols can be divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols. For example, the terminal device can divide the N modulation symbols into two parts of modulation symbols; for another example, the terminal device can divide the N modulation symbols into three parts of modulation symbols; for another example, the terminal device can divide the N modulation symbols into four parts of modulation symbols, and so on, without limitation. Among them, the number of symbols in each part of modulation symbols can be the same or different, without limitation. In addition, each part of modulation symbols can correspond to a stream signal.
下文为便于理解,主要以分为两部分调制符号(即第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号)为例进行示例性说明。For ease of understanding, the following description mainly uses two parts of modulation symbols (ie, a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols) as an example for exemplary explanation.
可选地,调制符号被平均分为至少两部分调制符号,也即将调制符号平均分为至少两部分调制符号。下面以将调制符号平均分为第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号为例,介绍平均划分的两种可能的实现方式。Optionally, the modulation symbol is evenly divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols, that is, the modulation symbol is evenly divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols. Taking evenly dividing the modulation symbol into the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols as an example, two possible implementations of even division are introduced.
一种可能的实现方式,对半平分。One possible implementation is to split it in half.
基于该实现方式,调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为第二部分调制符号;或者,调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为第二部分调制符号。Based on this implementation method, the first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbol is the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbol is the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbol is the first part of the modulation symbols, and the first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbol is the second part of the modulation symbols.
下面列举个示例。假设调制符号的符号数量为N,N为偶数,且该N个调制符号为:Q1、Q2、……、QN,对半平分后,第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号的数量均为N/2,且第一部分调制符号为:Q1、Q2、……QN/2,第二部分调制符号为:Q(N/2+1)、Q(N/2+2)、……QN/2。Here is an example. Assume that the number of modulation symbols is N, N is an even number, and the N modulation symbols are: Q1, Q2, ..., QN. After being divided in half, the number of modulation symbols in the first part and the number of modulation symbols in the second part are both N/2, and the modulation symbols in the first part are: Q1, Q2, ... QN/2, and the modulation symbols in the second part are: Q(N/2+1), Q(N/2+2), ... QN/2.
另一种可能的实现方式,梳状平分。Another possible implementation is comb-shaped bisection.
梳状平分表示隔一个取一个。基于该实现方式,调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为第二部分调制符号;或者,调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为第二部分调制符号。Comb-shaped bisection means taking every other one. Based on this implementation, the symbols with odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols with even numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols with even numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols with odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
下面列举个示例。假设调制符号的符号数量为N,N为偶数,且该N个调制符号为:Q1、Q2、……、QN,梳状平分后,第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号的数量均为N/2,且第一部分调制符号为:Q1、Q3、……Q(N-1),第二部分调制符号为:Q2、Q4、……QN。Here is an example. Assume that the number of modulation symbols is N, N is an even number, and the N modulation symbols are: Q1, Q2, ..., QN. After comb-shaped division, the number of modulation symbols in the first part and the number of modulation symbols in the second part are both N/2, and the modulation symbols in the first part are: Q1, Q3, ... Q(N-1), and the modulation symbols in the second part are: Q2, Q4, ... QN.
可以理解,上述两种划分方式为示例性说明,对此不予限制。只要可以使得第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号的符号数量相同的方式都适用于本申请实施例。It can be understood that the above two division methods are exemplary and not limiting. Any method that can make the number of symbols of the first part of modulation symbols and the number of symbols of the second part of modulation symbols the same is applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
220,分别对第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理,得到第一部分信号和第二部分信号。220, perform single carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols respectively to obtain a first part of signals and a second part of signals.
以发送端装置为终端设备为例,在步骤220中,终端设备分别对第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理。Taking the transmitting end device as a terminal device as an example, in step 220, the terminal device performs single carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols respectively.
其中,单载波处理也可以称为单载波调制。单载波例如可以为:离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用(discrete fourier transformation-spread-orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,DFT-s-OFDM),或者也可以为:单载波正交幅度调制(Single carrier-quadrature amplitude modulation,SC-QAM)。Among them, single carrier processing can also be called single carrier modulation. For example, a single carrier can be discrete Fourier transformation-spread-orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (DFT-s-OFDM) or single carrier-quadrature amplitude modulation (SC-QAM).
可选地,单载波处理包括离散傅里叶变换(discrete fourier transformation,DFT)操作。也即,分别对第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理,可以包括:分别对第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行DFT处理。Optionally, the single carrier processing includes a discrete Fourier transform (DFT) operation. That is, performing single carrier processing on the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols respectively may include: performing DFT processing on the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols respectively.
可以理解,关于得到第一部分信号和第二部分信号的处理,除了单载波处理外,还可以包括其他的处理或操作,对此不予限制。It can be understood that the process of obtaining the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal may include other processes or operations in addition to the single carrier processing, and is not limited thereto.
参见图3,作为示例,图3是适用于本申请实施例的信号处理的示意图。Referring to FIG. 3 , as an example, FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of signal processing applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
作为示例,终端设备对编码比特流进行调制映射(modulation mapping),得到调制符号。调制符号也可称为复数符号(complex-valued symbol)。调制符号经过层映射(layer mapping),被映射到多个层(layer),或者称,传输层。经过层映射后的调制符号,可以进行DFT操作;将DFT操作之后的频域元素映射至子载波;在子载波映射之后,再对频域信号进行快速傅里叶逆变换(inverse fast fourier transform,IFFT)变换;对经过IFFT的信号添加循环前缀(cyclic prefix,CP),获得发射符号(如第一部分信号,又如第二部分信号),最终通过天线端口将该发射符号发射出去。其中,DFT也可称为频域预编码。As an example, the terminal device performs modulation mapping on the coded bit stream to obtain modulation symbols. Modulation symbols can also be called complex-valued symbols. The modulation symbols are mapped to multiple layers, or transmission layers, through layer mapping. The modulation symbols after layer mapping can be subjected to DFT operation; the frequency domain elements after the DFT operation are mapped to subcarriers; after subcarrier mapping, the frequency domain signal is subjected to inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT); a cyclic prefix (CP) is added to the signal after IFFT to obtain a transmission symbol (such as the first part of the signal, and the second part of the signal), and finally the transmission symbol is transmitted through the antenna port. Among them, DFT can also be called frequency domain precoding.
如图3所示,经过调制映射后,调制符号为:Q1、Q2、……、QN,假设采用对半平分的方式,那么前N/2个符号,也即Q1、Q2、……QN/2,可映射至层1,剩余N/2个符号,也即Q(N/2+1)、Q(N/2+2)、…… QN/2,可映射至层2。举例来说,前N/2个QAM符号映射至层1后,进行DFT操作;将DFT操作之后的频域元素映射至子载波(图3未画出);在子载波映射之后,再对频域信号进行IFFT变换;对经过IFFT的信号添加CP,最终获得第一部分信号,并通过第一波束发射出去。层2的信号类似,此处不再赘述。As shown in FIG3 , after modulation mapping, the modulation symbols are: Q1, Q2, ..., QN. Assuming that the method of half-division is adopted, the first N/2 symbols, i.e., Q1, Q2, ..., QN/2, can be mapped to layer 1, and the remaining N/2 symbols, i.e., Q(N/2+1), Q(N/2+2), ... QN/2, can be mapped to layer 2. For example, after the first N/2 QAM symbols are mapped to layer 1, a DFT operation is performed; the frequency domain elements after the DFT operation are mapped to subcarriers (not shown in Figure 3); after subcarrier mapping, the frequency domain signal is transformed by IFFT; CP is added to the signal after IFFT, and finally the first part of the signal is obtained and transmitted through the first beam. The signal of layer 2 is similar and will not be repeated here.
230,在第一频域资源上采用第一波束发送第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束发送第二部分信号。230. Use a first beam to send a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource, and use a second beam to send a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource.
以发送端装置为终端设备为例,在步骤230中,终端设备在第一频域资源上采用第一波束发送第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束发送第二部分信号。其中,第一部分信号和第二部分信号,也可以称为第一流信号和第二流信号。Taking the transmitting end device as a terminal device as an example, in step 230, the terminal device uses a first beam to send a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource, and uses a second beam to send a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource. The first part of the signal and the second part of the signal may also be referred to as a first stream signal and a second stream signal.
以接收端装置为网络设备为例,相应地,网络设备在第一频域资源接收第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上接收第二部分信号。例如,网络设备可以采用不同的波束接收第一部分信号和第二部分信号;再例如,网络设备也可以采用相同的波束接收第一部分信号和第二部分信号,对此不予限制。举例来说,通过两个TRP分别接收第一部分信号和第二部分信号,例如,第一TRP接收第一部分信号,第二TRP接收第二部分信号。Taking the receiving end device as a network device as an example, the network device receives the first part of the signal on the first frequency domain resource and receives the second part of the signal on the second frequency domain resource. For example, the network device can use different beams to receive the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal; for another example, the network device can also use the same beam to receive the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal, without limitation. For example, the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are received respectively through two TRPs, for example, the first TRP receives the first part of the signal, and the second TRP receives the second part of the signal.
其中,第一频域资源和第二频域资源可以是不重叠的。这样,可以实现两部分信号或者说两流信号采用频分复用的方式进行传输。此外,第一波束和第二波束可以是不同的。这样,可以实现两部分信号或者说两流信号采用频分-空分复用的方式进行传输。The first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource may not overlap. In this way, two signals or two streams of signals may be transmitted in a frequency division multiplexing manner. In addition, the first beam and the second beam may be different. In this way, two signals or two streams of signals may be transmitted in a frequency division-space division multiplexing manner.
可以理解,第一频域资源和第二频域资源也可以相同。也就是说,在本申请实施例中,可以限定两部分信号或者说两流信号采用空分复用的方式进行传输,不限定是否采用频分复用的方式传输。It is understandable that the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource may also be the same. That is, in the embodiment of the present application, it is possible to limit the two signal parts or two stream signals to be transmitted in a space division multiplexing manner, without limiting whether to be transmitted in a frequency division multiplexing manner.
示例地,在本申请实施例中,第一波束也可以替换为第一天线面板,第二波束也可以替换为第二天线面板。或者,第一波束也可以替换为第一公共波束,第二波束也可以替换为第二公共波束。或者,以发送端为终端设备为例,第一波束也可以替换为与第一网络设备(如第一TRP)通信所使用的波束,第二波束也可以替换为与第二网络设备(如第二TRP)通信所使用的波束。For example, in an embodiment of the present application, the first beam may be replaced by the first antenna panel, and the second beam may be replaced by the second antenna panel. Alternatively, the first beam may be replaced by the first common beam, and the second beam may be replaced by the second common beam. Alternatively, taking the transmitting end as a terminal device as an example, the first beam may be replaced by the beam used for communicating with the first network device (such as the first TRP), and the second beam may be replaced by the beam used for communicating with the second network device (such as the second TRP).
示例地,第一波束和第二波束也可以是相同的波束。By way of example, the first beam and the second beam may also be the same beam.
基于本申请实施例,在单载波传输场景下,可以通过至少两流信号进行传输。具体来说,可以将调制符号分为至少两部分调制符号,并且分别对各部分调制符号进行单载波处理,得到至少两部分信号或者说至少两流信号,进而可以采用不同的波束发送各部分信号或者说各流信号,实现多流信号空分复用。此外,该至少两部分信号或者说至少两流信号还可以采用不同的频域资源进行传输,这样还可以实现多流信号频分-空分复用。此外,由于各部分调制符号分别进行单载波处理,因此即使部分频域资源上的传输质量不好,对其余部分频域资源上的信号的解调影响不大,进而可以提高整体的传输性能。Based on the embodiments of the present application, in a single-carrier transmission scenario, transmission can be performed through at least two streams of signals. Specifically, the modulation symbol can be divided into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and each part of the modulation symbol is processed by single carrier respectively to obtain at least two parts of signals or at least two streams of signals, and then different beams can be used to send each part of the signal or each stream signal to achieve multi-stream signal space division multiplexing. In addition, the at least two parts of the signal or at least two streams of signals can also be transmitted using different frequency domain resources, so that multi-stream signal frequency division-space division multiplexing can also be achieved. In addition, since each part of the modulation symbol is processed by single carrier respectively, even if the transmission quality on some frequency domain resources is not good, it has little effect on the demodulation of the signal on the remaining frequency domain resources, thereby improving the overall transmission performance.
下面主要以发送端装置为终端设备,接收端装置为网络设备,介绍本申请实施例的方案。The following mainly takes the sending end device as the terminal device and the receiving end device as the network device to introduce the solution of the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,第一比例和第二比例相关,其中,第一比例为第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,第二比例为第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例。Optionally, the first ratio and the second ratio are related, wherein the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources, and the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
一种可能的实现方式,第一比例和第二比例相同。也即第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,与,第二比例为第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例,是相同的。基于此,可以合理分配用于传输各部分信号(如第一部分信号和第二部分信号)的资源,提高资源的利用率。In a possible implementation, the first ratio and the second ratio are the same. That is, the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource is the same as the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbol and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbol. Based on this, the resources used to transmit each part of the signal (such as the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal) can be reasonably allocated to improve resource utilization.
可选地,第一频域资源和第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量相同。基于此,可以将分配给终端设备的用于传输信号的资源平均分为两部分,分别用于传输两部分信号。Optionally, the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource is the same. Based on this, the resources allocated to the terminal device for transmitting signals can be evenly divided into two parts, which are used to transmit two parts of signals respectively.
假设分配给终端设备的总的频域单元的数量为NPRB,NPRB为偶数,第一频域资源和第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量相同,表示第一频域资源和第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量均为(NPRB/2)。Assume that the total number of frequency domain units allocated to the terminal device is N PRB , which is an even number , and the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource is the same, indicating that the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource are both (N PRB /2).
一种可能的实现方式,第一部分频域资源为前(NPRB/2)个频域单元,第二部分频域资源为剩余的(NPRB/2)个频域单元。In a possible implementation manner, the first part of frequency domain resources is the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units, and the second part of frequency domain resources is the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units.
举例来说,默认第一部分频域资源为前(NPRB/2)个频域单元,第二部分频域资源为剩余的(NPRB/2)个频域单元。也就是说,可以预定义,如标准预定义,第一部分信号映射至前(NPRB/2)个频域单元上, 第二部分信号映射至剩余的(NPRB/2)个频域单元上。For example, by default, the first part of the frequency domain resources is the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units, and the second part of the frequency domain resources is the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units. That is, it can be predefined, such as the standard predefined, that the first part of the signal is mapped to the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units. The second part of the signal is mapped to the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units.
再举例来说,基于网络设备的指示,第一部分频域资源为前(NPRB/2)个频域单元,第二部分频域资源为剩余的(NPRB/2)个频域单元。也就是说,网络设备可以向终端设备发送指示信息,该指示信息指示第一部分信号映射至前(NPRB/2)个频域单元上,第二部分信号映射至剩余的(NPRB/2)个频域单元上。For another example, based on the indication of the network device, the first part of the frequency domain resources is the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units, and the second part of the frequency domain resources is the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units. In other words, the network device can send indication information to the terminal device, and the indication information indicates that the first part of the signal is mapped to the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units, and the second part of the signal is mapped to the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units.
可选地,第一频域资源和第二频域资源属于分配的资源,若分配的资源还包括第三频域资源,则第三频域资源上不传输信号,或者,第三频域资源上传输的信号为预设信号。其中,分配的资源,可以是分配给终端设备用于传输信号的资源。基于此,若要将分配给终端设备的频域资源平均分为两部分,分别用来传第一部分信号和第二部分信号,那么若分配的资源中频域单元的数量为奇数时,对于多余的一个频域单元,可以不传输信号,或者传输预设信号。Optionally, the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource belong to the allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include the third frequency domain resource, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resource, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resource is a preset signal. Among them, the allocated resources may be resources allocated to the terminal device for transmitting signals. Based on this, if the frequency domain resources allocated to the terminal device are to be divided into two parts on average, used to transmit the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal respectively, then if the number of frequency domain units in the allocated resources is an odd number, for the extra frequency domain unit, no signal may be transmitted, or a preset signal may be transmitted.
假设分配给终端设备的总的频域单元的数量为NPRB,NPRB为奇数,若第一频域资源和第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量相同,一种可能的实现方式,第一频域资源中的频域单元的数量为第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量为其中,表示向下取整。对于NPRB个频域单元中剩余的频域单元(也即第三频域资源)可以按照以下任一方式进行处理。可选地,该第三频域资源可以是NPRB个频域单元中的最后一个频域单元,也可以是NPRB个频域单元中的第一个频域单元,或者也可以是NPRB个频域单元中的任意一个频域单元,对此不予限制。Assuming that the total number of frequency domain units allocated to the terminal device is N PRB , N PRB is an odd number, if the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource is the same, in a possible implementation, the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource is The number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource is in, Indicates rounding down. The remaining frequency domain units in the N PRB frequency domain units (that is, the third frequency domain resources) can be processed in any of the following ways. Optionally, the third frequency domain resource can be the last frequency domain unit in the N PRB frequency domain units, or the first frequency domain unit in the N PRB frequency domain units, or any frequency domain unit in the N PRB frequency domain units, without limitation.
方式1:第三频域资源上传输的信号为预设信号,也即第三频域资源上映射的符号为预设符号。Mode 1: The signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resource is a preset signal, that is, the symbol mapped on the third frequency domain resource is a preset symbol.
预设符号例如也可以称为虚拟符号(如可以为“0”),其主要是为了在第三频域资源上进行映射,且不参与后面的解调。举例来说,以频域单元为RB为例,基于该方式1,在第一部分调制符号中可以填充1RB的预设符号映射至前个RB上发送。The preset symbol may also be called a virtual symbol (e.g., it may be "0"), which is mainly used for mapping on the third frequency domain resource and does not participate in the subsequent demodulation. For example, taking the frequency domain unit as RB, based on the method 1, the preset symbol of 1RB can be filled in the first part of the modulation symbol and mapped to the first part. The data is sent on RBs.
参见图4,作为示例,图4是适用于方式1的示意图。如图4所示,假设分配给第一部分信号的第一频域资源中的频域单元为3个频域单元,分配给第二部分信号的第二频域资源中的频域单元为2个频域单元。第一部分调制符号以及填充的预设符号可映射在第一频域资源中的3个频域单元上,第二部分调制符号可映射在第二频域资源中的2个频域单元上。在该示例下,第三频域资源可认为是第一频域资源中映射预设符号的一个频域单元。Refer to Figure 4, as an example, Figure 4 is a schematic diagram applicable to method 1. As shown in Figure 4, it is assumed that the frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource allocated to the first part of the signal are 3 frequency domain units, and the frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource allocated to the second part of the signal are 2 frequency domain units. The first part of the modulation symbols and the filled preset symbols can be mapped to 3 frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources, and the second part of the modulation symbols can be mapped to 2 frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources. In this example, the third frequency domain resource can be considered as a frequency domain unit in the first frequency domain resource that maps the preset symbol.
相应地,考虑到每个RB包括12个RE,一个RE即一个OFDM的子载波,因此网络设备在对采用第一波束接收到的信号(也即第一部分信号)进行频域处理时,取个子载波,并且按照该数量确定离散傅里叶逆变换(inverse discrete fourier transformation,IDFT)点数。网络设备对第一部分信号进行频域均衡后,按照总符号长度(也即包括预设符号)确定IDFT点数。确定IDFT点数后,变换到时域后,丢弃多余的符号(即丢弃预设符号),再结合两波束的符号流进行联合解调译码。Accordingly, considering that each RB includes 12 REs, one RE is one OFDM subcarrier, so when the network device performs frequency domain processing on the signal received by the first beam (that is, the first part of the signal), it takes subcarriers, and the number of inverse discrete Fourier transformation (IDFT) points is determined according to the number. After the network device performs frequency domain equalization on the first part of the signal, the number of IDFT points is determined according to the total symbol length (that is, including the preset symbol). After determining the number of IDFT points, after transforming to the time domain, the redundant symbols (that is, the preset symbols are discarded), and then the symbol streams of the two beams are combined for joint demodulation and decoding.
方式2:第三频域资源上不传输信号,也即第三频域资源上不映射符号。Mode 2: No signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resource, that is, no symbol is mapped on the third frequency domain resource.
举例来说,假设分配给第一部分信号的频域单元为个频域单元,分配给第二部分信号 的频域单元为个频域单元。那么第一部分调制符号可映射至第一频域资源中的前个频域单元上,剩余的一个频域单元上不映射信号;第二部分调制符号映射至第二频域资源中的个频域单元上。For example, suppose the frequency domain unit assigned to the first part of the signal is frequency domain units, assigned to the second part of the signal The frequency domain unit is Then the first part of the modulation symbols can be mapped to the first frequency domain resource. frequency domain units, and no signal is mapped to the remaining frequency domain unit; the second part of the modulation symbols is mapped to the second frequency domain resource. frequency domain unit.
参见图5,作为示例,图5是适用于方式2的示意图。如图5所示,假设分配给第一部分信号的第一频域资源中的频域单元为3个频域单元,分配给第二部分信号的第二频域资源中的频域单元为2个频域单元。第一部分调制符号可映射在第一频域资源中的前2个频域单元上,且第一频域资源中的第三个频域单元上(第三频域资源的一例)不映射信号;第二部分调制符号可映射在第二频域资源中的2个频域单元上。Refer to Figure 5, as an example, Figure 5 is a schematic diagram applicable to Mode 2. As shown in Figure 5, it is assumed that the frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource allocated to the first part of the signal are 3 frequency domain units, and the frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource allocated to the second part of the signal are 2 frequency domain units. The first part of the modulation symbols can be mapped to the first 2 frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource, and the third frequency domain unit in the first frequency domain resource (an example of the third frequency domain resource) is not mapped to the signal; the second part of the modulation symbols can be mapped to 2 frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource.
相应地,网络设备在对采用第一波束接收到的信号(也即第一部分信号)进行频域处理时,取个子载波,并且按照该数量确定IDFT点数。网络设备对第一部分信号进行频域均衡后,按照实际符号长度确定IDFT点数。以频域单元为RB,从第一个RB开始个RB进行IDFT,第个RB可丢弃或忽略。变换到时域后,结合两波束的符号流进行联合解调译码。Accordingly, when the network device performs frequency domain processing on the signal received by the first beam (that is, the first part of the signal), subcarriers, and the number of IDFT points is determined according to this number. After the network device performs frequency domain equalization on the first part of the signal, the number of IDFT points is determined according to the actual symbol length. The frequency domain unit is RB, starting from the first RB RBs are IDFT-ed, RBs can be discarded or ignored. After transformation to the time domain, the symbol streams of the two beams are combined for joint demodulation and decoding.
可选地,方法200还包括:接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示(transmission precoding matrix indicator,TPMI)和/或第二TPMI。Optionally, method 200 also includes: receiving first indication information, the first indication information including a first transmission precoding matrix indicator (TPMI) and/or a second TPMI.
其中,TPMI为,用于从协议预定义的多个预编码矩阵中选择一个。一般来说,多流采用一个预编码矩阵,并且一个预编码矩阵用于分配给终端设备的所有频域资源,不同于此,在本申请实施例中,可以提供两个TPMI,分别用于第一频域资源和第二频域资源,也即分别用于第一频域资源上传输的第一部分信号和第二频域资源上传输的第二部分信号,也即两个TPMI可用于两个单流传输。举例来说,终端设备发送两部分单层信号(如两个单层PUSCH),该两部分信号分别进行预编码,并且分别通过一个波束或者说一个天线面板进行映射和传输,也就是说,每个波束或者说每个天线面板上有一层传输,因此可以保证覆盖增益。如图3所示,网络设备调度两层,并且每层的信号分别进行预编码,并通过一个波束或者说一个天线面板映射和传输。Among them, TPMI is used to select one from multiple precoding matrices predefined by the protocol. In general, multiple streams use one precoding matrix, and one precoding matrix is used to allocate all frequency domain resources of the terminal device. Different from this, in an embodiment of the present application, two TPMIs can be provided, respectively for the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources, that is, respectively for the first part of the signal transmitted on the first frequency domain resource and the second part of the signal transmitted on the second frequency domain resource, that is, two TPMIs can be used for two single-stream transmissions. For example, the terminal device sends two parts of single-layer signals (such as two single-layer PUSCHs), which are precoded separately and mapped and transmitted through a beam or an antenna panel respectively, that is, each beam or each antenna panel has a layer of transmission, so the coverage gain can be guaranteed. As shown in Figure 3, the network device schedules two layers, and the signals of each layer are precoded separately, mapped and transmitted through a beam or an antenna panel.
第一种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息包括第一TPMI和第二TPMI。In a first possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes a first TPMI and a second TPMI.
其中,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码。基于此,网络设备可以指示两个单流TPMI,以便分别对两部分信号单独进行预编码。The first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal. Based on this, the network device can indicate two single-stream TPMIs so as to precode the two parts of the signal separately.
第二种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息包括第一TPMI。In a second possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes a first TPMI.
其中,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码。第一TPMI与第二TPMI具有关联关系,因此,终端设备基于该第一TPMI以及关联关系可以确定第二TPMI,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码。The first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal. The first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated, so the terminal device can determine the second TPMI based on the first TPMI and the associated relationship, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal.
其中,第一TPMI与第二TPMI之间的关联关系可以是预定义的,如标准预定义的,或者也可以是网络设备预先配置并通知给终端设备,对此,不予限制。The association relationship between the first TPMI and the second TPMI may be predefined, such as predefined by a standard, or may be preconfigured by a network device and notified to the terminal device, and there is no limitation on this.
第三种可能的实现方式,第一指示信息包括第二TPMI。该实现方式可以参考上述第二种可能的实现方式,此处不再赘述。In a third possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes the second TPMI. This implementation manner may refer to the above-mentioned second possible implementation manner, which will not be described in detail here.
可以理解,上述为示例性说明,对此不予限制。例如,第一指示信息包括第三TPMI,该第三TPMI可用于对第一部分信号和第二部分信号进行预编码。在该情况下,作为示例,终端设备可以使用第三TPMI矩阵的一部分(如一列,或者一行,或者部分行,或者部分列,或者部分行列,等)对一部分信号进行预编码。 It can be understood that the above is an exemplary description and is not limited to this. For example, the first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI can be used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal. In this case, as an example, the terminal device can use a part of the third TPMI matrix (such as a column, or a row, or a part of the row, or a part of the column, or a part of the row and column, etc.) to precode a part of the signal.
作为示例,第三TPMI的矩阵呈现块对角的特征。其中,块对角表示:其中a/b/c/d为任意复数或实数,取值可相同。可以理解,上述矩阵是为了介绍块对角,本申请实施例对于满足块对角的矩阵的具体形式并不限于此。As an example, the matrix of the third TPMI exhibits block diagonal characteristics. Wherein, block diagonal means: Wherein a/b/c/d are any complex numbers or real numbers, and their values may be the same. It can be understood that the above matrix is for the purpose of introducing the block diagonal, and the specific form of the matrix satisfying the block diagonal in the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
一种可能的实现方式,预定义(如标准预定义)对应关系,该对应关系为TPMI矩阵和索引之间的对应关系,其中,该TPMI矩阵满足块对角特征。作为示例,该对应关系可以以表格的形式存在。In a possible implementation, a corresponding relationship is predefined (such as a standard predefined relationship), and the corresponding relationship is a corresponding relationship between a TPMI matrix and an index, wherein the TPMI matrix satisfies a block diagonal feature. As an example, the corresponding relationship may exist in the form of a table.
另一种可能的实现方式是,网络设备选择满足块对角特征的TPMI矩阵,并将该TPMI对应的索引指示给终端设备。举例来说,预定义(如标准预定义)网络设备从已有的TPMI表中满足块对角特征的TPMI矩阵对应的索引,并指示给终端设备。还可以理解,上述关于TPMI的方案可以单独使用。Another possible implementation is that the network device selects a TPMI matrix that satisfies the block diagonal feature, and indicates the index corresponding to the TPMI to the terminal device. For example, the network device predefines (such as standard predefines) the index corresponding to the TPMI matrix that satisfies the block diagonal feature from an existing TPMI table, and indicates it to the terminal device. It can also be understood that the above-mentioned solution for TPMI can be used alone.
上述主要以码本传输为例进行了示例性说明。可以理解,对于非码本(non-codebook,NCB)传输,作为示例,网络设备可以在上行调度DCI信令中,指示两个SRS资源指示(SRS resource indicator,SRI),用于确定两个波束(或者说两个面板)分别进行单载波发送的预编码和层数。The above mainly uses codebook transmission as an example for exemplary explanation. It can be understood that for non-codebook (NCB) transmission, as an example, the network device can indicate two SRS resource indicators (SRS resource indicator, SRI) in the uplink scheduling DCI signaling, which are used to determine the precoding and number of layers for single-carrier transmission of two beams (or two panels) respectively.
可选地,方法200还包括:终端设备发送第一DMRS和第二DMRS,第一DMRS用于辅助解调第一部分信号,第二DMRS用于辅助解调第二部分信号,第一DMRS对应第一频域资源,第二DMRS对应第二频域资源。相应地,网络设备接收第一DMRS和第二DMRS。网络设备可基于该第一DMRS辅助解调第一部分信号,基于该第二DMRS辅助解调第二部分信号。Optionally, method 200 further includes: the terminal device sends a first DMRS and a second DMRS, the first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resource, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resource. Accordingly, the network device receives the first DMRS and the second DMRS. The network device can assist in demodulating the first part of the signal based on the first DMRS, and assist in demodulating the second part of the signal based on the second DMRS.
其中,第一DMRS用于辅助解调第一部分信号,表示第一DMRS用于辅助网络设备解调第一部分信号。第二DMRS用于辅助解调第二部分信号,表示第二DMRS用于辅助网络设备解调第二部分信号。The first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, indicating that the first DMRS is used to assist the network device in demodulating the first part of the signal. The second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, indicating that the second DMRS is used to assist the network device in demodulating the second part of the signal.
其中,第一DMRS对应第一频域资源,表示第一DMRS用于该第一频域资源上的信号(即第一部分信号)。第二DMRS对应第二频域资源,表示第二DMRS用于该第二频域资源上的信号(即第二部分信号)。The first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resource, indicating that the first DMRS is used for the signal on the first frequency domain resource (i.e., the first part of the signal). The second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resource, indicating that the second DMRS is used for the signal on the second frequency domain resource (i.e., the second part of the signal).
一种可能的实现方式,第一DMRS和第二DMRS的天线端口相同。In a possible implementation manner, the antenna port of the first DMRS and the second DMRS is the same.
参见图6,作为示例,图6是适用于本申请实施例的DMRS的示意图。如图6所示,两部分频域资源分别用于传输第一部分信号和第二部分信号,该两部分频域资源可采用相同天线端口的DMRS(如同一梳分位置但子带频分),分别用于传输不同的波束(或者说不同的天线面板)的信号,也即第一部分信号和第二部分信号。See Figure 6, as an example, Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of a DMRS applicable to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 6, two parts of frequency domain resources are used to transmit a first part of the signal and a second part of the signal, respectively. The two parts of the frequency domain resources can use the DMRS of the same antenna port (such as the same comb position but sub-band frequency division), respectively for transmitting signals of different beams (or different antenna panels), that is, the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
可以理解,上述为示例性说明,对此不予限制,例如,第一DMRS和第二DMRS的天线端口也可以不同。作为示例,第一DMRS和第二DMRS的天线端口不同时,第一DMRS和第二DMRS的天线端口可以属于相同的码分复用(code division multiplexing,CDM)端口组(CDM group)。It can be understood that the above is an exemplary description and is not limited to this. For example, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS may also be different. As an example, when the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are different, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS may belong to the same code division multiplexing (CDM) port group (CDM group).
可选地,方法200还包括:网络设备向终端设备指示层的数量(number of layer)。在本申请实施例中,示例地,若终端设备发送X部分信号(或者说X流信令),则该X部分信号可映射在X层,X为大于1的整数。因此,层的数量(简称为层数)可用于确定流的数量(简称为流数)。类似地,流数也可用于确定层数。Optionally, the method 200 further includes: the network device indicates the number of layers (number of layer) to the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, for example, if the terminal device sends X part signals (or X stream signaling), the X part signals can be mapped to X layers, where X is an integer greater than 1. Therefore, the number of layers (referred to as the number of layers) can be used to determine the number of streams (referred to as the number of streams). Similarly, the number of streams can also be used to determine the number of layers.
第一种可能的实现方式,网络设备通过信令配置或指示至少两个字段(如称为预编码信息和层数(Precoding information and number of layers)字段),在开启单载波的情况下,每个Precoding information and number of layers字段可指示一层(即层数为1)。基于该实现方式,每个Precoding information and number of layers字段指示一层,那么作为示例,Precoding information and number of layers字段的数量即为流数。In a first possible implementation, a network device configures or indicates at least two fields (such as Precoding information and number of layers fields) through signaling. When a single carrier is turned on, each Precoding information and number of layers field may indicate one layer (i.e., the number of layers is 1). Based on this implementation, each Precoding information and number of layers field indicates one layer, so as an example, the number of Precoding information and number of layers fields is the number of streams.
举例来说,以两个Precoding information and number of layers字段为例,在开启单载波的情况下,两个Precoding information and number of layers字段分别用于两个波束(或者说两个天线面板)。此外,通过每个Precoding information and number of layers字段中的至少一个比特,可指示相应传输层下的预编码矩阵。例如,通过每个Precoding information and number of layers字段中的至少一个比特来指示预编码矩阵对应的索引,终端设备基于预编码矩阵和索引之间的对应关系,可确定该预编码矩阵。其中,预编码矩阵和索引之间的对应关系可以是预定义的,如标准预定义。作为示例,预编码矩阵和索引之 间的对应关系可以以表格的形式存在。For example, taking two Precoding information and number of layers fields as an example, when a single carrier is turned on, the two Precoding information and number of layers fields are used for two beams (or two antenna panels) respectively. In addition, at least one bit in each Precoding information and number of layers field can indicate the precoding matrix under the corresponding transmission layer. For example, at least one bit in each Precoding information and number of layers field indicates the index corresponding to the precoding matrix, and the terminal device can determine the precoding matrix based on the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index. Among them, the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index can be predefined, such as predefined by the standard. As an example, the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index The corresponding relationship between them can be in the form of a table.
第二种可能的实现方式,网络设备通过信令配置或指示一个字段(如称为Precoding information and number of layers字段),在开启单载波的情况下,该Precoding information and number of layers字段可指示至少两层(即层数至少为2)。基于该实现方式,网络设备通过信令配置或指示一个Precoding information and number of layers字段,且通过该字段来指示层数,因此作为示例,该Precoding information and number of layers字段指示的层数即为流数。In a second possible implementation, the network device configures or indicates a field (such as a Precoding information and number of layers field) through signaling. When a single carrier is turned on, the Precoding information and number of layers field may indicate at least two layers (i.e., the number of layers is at least 2). Based on this implementation, the network device configures or indicates a Precoding information and number of layers field through signaling, and indicates the number of layers through the field. Therefore, as an example, the number of layers indicated by the Precoding information and number of layers field is the number of streams.
举例来说,以Precoding information and number of layers字段指示两层为例,可以默认或者网络设备指示一个波束(或者说一个天线面板)或一个调度资源上映射一层数据。此外,通过Precoding information and number of layers字段中的至少一个比特,可指示预编码矩阵。例如,通过Precoding information and number of layers字段中的至少一个比特来指示预编码矩阵对应的索引,终端设备基于预编码矩阵和索引之间的对应关系,可确定该预编码矩阵,终端设备可使用预编码矩阵的一部分(例如部分列,或行,或行列)对待发射信号的一部分(例如一层)进行预编码。其中,预编码矩阵和索引之间的对应关系可以是预定义的,如标准预定义。作为示例,预编码矩阵和索引之间的对应关系可以以表格的形式存在。For example, taking the Precoding information and number of layers field indicating two layers as an example, it can be defaulted or the network device indicates that a layer of data is mapped on a beam (or an antenna panel) or a scheduling resource. In addition, the precoding matrix can be indicated by at least one bit in the Precoding information and number of layers field. For example, the index corresponding to the precoding matrix is indicated by at least one bit in the Precoding information and number of layers field. The terminal device can determine the precoding matrix based on the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index. The terminal device can use a part of the precoding matrix (e.g., part of the column, or the row, or the row and column) to precode a part of the transmitted signal (e.g., a layer). Among them, the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index can be predefined, such as a standard predefined. As an example, the correspondence between the precoding matrix and the index can exist in the form of a table.
可选地,方法200还包括:终端设备接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示:在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,和/或,采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。相应地,网络设备发送第二指示信息。Optionally, the method 200 further includes: the terminal device receives second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each of the at least two parts of the signal. Accordingly, the network device sends the second indication information.
示例1,第二指示信息指示在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。Example 1: The second indication information indicates that each part of the at least two parts of the signal is sent on different frequency domain resources.
在该示例下,终端设备收到第二指示信息后,根据第二指示信息获知在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,因此,终端设备确定开启单载波频分-空分复用模式,并且对编码比特流进行调制得到调制符号后,将该调制符号分成至少两部分调制符号,并分别对各部分调制符号进行单载波处理,进而分别采用不同的波束在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。In this example, after receiving the second indication information, the terminal device learns according to the second indication information to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources. Therefore, the terminal device determines to turn on the single-carrier frequency division-space division multiplexing mode, and after modulating the coded bit stream to obtain the modulation symbol, divides the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and performs single-carrier processing on each part of the modulation symbol, and then uses different beams to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources.
在该示例下,若网络设备指示在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,则终端设备可默认要通过不同波束传输不同频域资源上的信号。In this example, if the network device instructs to send each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, the terminal device may default to transmitting the signals on the different frequency domain resources through different beams.
示例2,第二指示信息指示采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。Example 2: The second indication information indicates that each part of the at least two parts of the signal is sent using a different beam.
在该示例下,终端设备收到第二指示信息后,根据第二指示信息获知采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,因此,终端设备确定开启单载波频分-空分复用模式,并且对编码比特流进行调制得到调制符号后,将该调制符号分成至少两部分调制符号,并分别对各部分调制符号进行单载波处理,进而分别采用不同的波束在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。In this example, after receiving the second indication information, the terminal device learns according to the second indication information to use different beams to send each part of the at least two signals. Therefore, the terminal device determines to turn on the single-carrier frequency division-space division multiplexing mode, and after modulating the coded bit stream to obtain the modulation symbol, divides the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and performs single-carrier processing on each part of the modulation symbol, and then uses different beams to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources.
在该示例下,若网络设备指示采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,则终端设备可默认要在不同的频域资源上采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。In this example, if the network device instructs to use different beams to send each of the at least two signals, the terminal device may default to using different beams to send each of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources.
示例3,第二指示信息指示在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,并且采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。Example 3: The second indication information indicates that each part of the at least two parts of the signal is sent on different frequency domain resources, and each part of the at least two parts of the signal is sent using different beams.
在该示例下,终端设备收到第二指示信息后,根据第二指示信息获知在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,并且采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,因此,终端设备确定开启单载波频分-空分复用模式,并且对编码比特流进行调制得到调制符号后,将该调制符号分成至少两部分调制符号,并分别对各部分调制符号进行单载波处理,进而分别采用不同的波束在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。In this example, after receiving the second indication information, the terminal device learns according to the second indication information to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources, and to use different beams to send each part of the at least two signals. Therefore, the terminal device determines to start the single-carrier frequency division-space division multiplexing mode, and after modulating the coded bit stream to obtain the modulation symbol, divides the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and performs single-carrier processing on each part of the modulation symbol, and then uses different beams to send each part of the at least two signals on different frequency domain resources.
可选地,方法200还包括:终端设备接收第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示传输资源,传输资源包括第一频域资源和第二频域资源。相应地,网络设备发送第三指示信息。Optionally, the method 200 further includes: the terminal device receives third indication information, the third indication information indicates transmission resources, and the transmission resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources. Accordingly, the network device sends the third indication information.
第一种可能的实现方式,第三指示信息包括传输资源的信息。终端设备基于该第三指示信息,也即传输资源的信息,可获知第一频域资源和第二频域资源。In a first possible implementation manner, the third indication information includes information about transmission resources. Based on the third indication information, that is, the information about the transmission resources, the terminal device can obtain the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource.
举例来说,假设传输资源频域单元的数量为NPRB,NPRB为偶数,终端设备默认(如预定义)第一部分频域资源为前(NPRB/2)个频域单元,第二部分频域资源为剩余的(NPRB/2)个频域单元。For example, assuming that the number of transmission resource frequency domain units is N PRB , which is an even number , the terminal device defaults (such as predefined) that the first part of the frequency domain resources is the first (N PRB /2) frequency domain units, and the second part of the frequency domain resources is the remaining (N PRB /2) frequency domain units.
第二种可能的实现方式,第三指示信息包括第一频域资源的信息。终端设备基于该第三指示信息,也即第一频域资源的信息,可获知第一频域资源和第二频域资源。In a second possible implementation, the third indication information includes information about the first frequency domain resource. Based on the third indication information, that is, the information about the first frequency domain resource, the terminal device can obtain the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource.
举例来说,假设第一频域资源中频域单元的数量为N1,那么可以默认(如预定义)第二频域资源 为该第一频域资源中最后一个频域单元之后的N1个频域单元。For example, assuming that the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource is N1, then the second frequency domain resource can be defaulted (eg, predefined) It is N1 frequency domain units after the last frequency domain unit in the first frequency domain resource.
第三种可能的实现方式,第三指示信息包括第二频域资源的信息。终端设备基于该第三指示信息,也即第二频域资源的信息,可获知第一频域资源和第二频域资源。具体可参考上述第二种可能的实现方式,此处不再赘述。In a third possible implementation, the third indication information includes information about the second frequency domain resource. Based on the third indication information, that is, the information about the second frequency domain resource, the terminal device can obtain the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource. For details, please refer to the above second possible implementation, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,传输资源为配置授权(configured grant,CG)资源。Optionally, the transmission resource is a configured grant (CG) resource.
作为示例,CG资源包括两种类型(type):1)CG type 1:网络设备为终端设备配置半静态的周期性的传输资源,并通过RRC向终端设备指示配置的传输资源。2)CG type 2:网络设备为终端设备配置半静态的周期性的传输资源,并通过RRC向终端设备指示配置的传输资源,并且通过DCI向终端设备指示激活或者去激活配置的资源。As an example, CG resources include two types: 1) CG type 1: The network device configures semi-static periodic transmission resources for the terminal device, and indicates the configured transmission resources to the terminal device through RRC. 2) CG type 2: The network device configures semi-static periodic transmission resources for the terminal device, indicates the configured transmission resources to the terminal device through RRC, and indicates activation or deactivation of the configured resources to the terminal device through DCI.
举例来说,网络设备向终端设备发送RRC消息,该RRC消息包括配置授权配置(configuredGrantConfig),该configuredGrantConfig指示网络设备为终端设备配置的传输资源。一种可能的实现方式,该RRC消息还可指示是否开启单载波,也即是否使用单载波调制。For example, the network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device, the RRC message includes a configured GrantConfig, and the configured GrantConfig indicates the transmission resources configured by the network device for the terminal device. In a possible implementation, the RRC message may also indicate whether to enable a single carrier, that is, whether to use single carrier modulation.
例如,该RRC消息包括一指示信息,该指示信息指示是否开启单载波。假设通过1比特来指示:是否开启单载波。若该比特设置为“1”,则表示开启单载波;若该比特设置为“0”,则表示不开启单载波。应理解,上述仅是一种示例性说明,不予限制。此外,开启单载波,也可以体现为使能传输预编码(transform precoding enable)。For example, the RRC message includes an indication information indicating whether a single carrier is turned on. Assume that 1 bit is used to indicate whether a single carrier is turned on. If the bit is set to "1", it means that the single carrier is turned on; if the bit is set to "0", it means that the single carrier is not turned on. It should be understood that the above is only an exemplary description and is not limiting. In addition, turning on a single carrier can also be reflected as enabling transmit precoding (transform precoding enable).
可选地,在开启单载波的情况下,使用频分复用模式。例如,可以默认在开启单载波的情况下使用频分复用模式,或者也可以通过网络设备的指示确定使用频分复用模式。Optionally, when a single carrier is enabled, a frequency division multiplexing mode is used. For example, the frequency division multiplexing mode may be used by default when a single carrier is enabled, or the frequency division multiplexing mode may be determined to be used through an instruction of a network device.
可选地,在开启单载波的情况下,终端设备传输W流信号。其中,W为大于1的整数。例如,W为2,或者W为3,或者W为4等等。例如,可以默认在开启单载波的情况下终端设备传输W流信号,或者也可以通过网络设备的指示确定传输W流信号。Optionally, when a single carrier is turned on, the terminal device transmits a W stream signal. Wherein W is an integer greater than 1. For example, W is 2, or W is 3, or W is 4, etc. For example, it can be defaulted that the terminal device transmits a W stream signal when a single carrier is turned on, or it can also be determined by the instruction of the network device to transmit the W stream signal.
一种可能的实现方式,网络设备指示层数,终端设备基于该层数可获知W的取值。例如,网络设备可配置precodingAndNumberOfLayers2,其指示层数为2,也即分两流信号进行传输,并且每流信号独立预编码。In a possible implementation, the network device indicates the number of layers, and the terminal device can obtain the value of W based on the number of layers. For example, the network device can configure precodingAndNumberOfLayers2, which indicates that the number of layers is 2, that is, two stream signals are transmitted, and each stream signal is precoded independently.
可选地,若configuredGrantConfig配置了跳频,则还可支持频分-空分联合跳频。例如,终端设备每次传输信号时,可以根据跳频和RB带宽,确定频域资源的位置和数量。再例如,终端设备每次传输信号时,若分两流信号传输,终端设备可在用于终端设备传输信号的资源的前半部分RB上采用第一波束发送第一部分信号,在用于终端设备传输信号的资源的后半部分RB上采用第二波束发送第二部分信号。Optionally, if configuredGrantConfig configures frequency hopping, frequency division-space division joint frequency hopping can also be supported. For example, each time the terminal device transmits a signal, the location and quantity of frequency domain resources can be determined based on frequency hopping and RB bandwidth. For another example, each time the terminal device transmits a signal, if the signal is transmitted in two streams, the terminal device can use the first beam to send the first part of the signal on the first half of the RB of the resource used for the terminal device to transmit the signal, and use the second beam to send the second part of the signal on the second half of the RB of the resource used for the terminal device to transmit the signal.
可选地,对于type 2的CG资源,网络设备可利用DCI激活或重复激活,动态调整不同周期跳频发送的以下至少一项:波束、频域资源。Optionally, for type 2 CG resources, the network device can use DCI activation or repeated activation to dynamically adjust at least one of the following items sent in different periodic frequency hopping: beam, frequency domain resources.
在上述实施例中,多次提及单载波传输。以发送端装置为终端设备为例,可选地,终端设备可基于某些参数确定启用或禁用单载波传输。其中,启用单载波传输,可理解为采用本申请实施例提供的单载波通信方法进行传输。禁用单载波,可理解为不采用本申请实施例提供的单载波通信方法进行传输。In the above embodiments, single carrier transmission is mentioned many times. Taking the transmitting end device as a terminal device as an example, the terminal device may optionally determine to enable or disable single carrier transmission based on certain parameters. Enabling single carrier transmission can be understood as using the single carrier communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application for transmission. Disabling single carrier transmission can be understood as not using the single carrier communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application for transmission.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据第一msg3-transformPrecoder配置和第二msg3-transformPrecoder配置分别考虑启用或禁用单载波传输。可以理解,第一msg3-transformPrecoder配置和第二msg3-transformPrecoder配置是为区分做的命名,其具体命名方式不对本申请实施例的保护范围造成限定。In a possible implementation, the terminal device considers enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration, respectively. It can be understood that the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration are named for distinction, and their specific naming does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
例如,网络设备可以向终端发送两个高层参数,作为示例,分别记为第一msg3-transformPrecoder配置和第二msg3-transformPrecoder配置,终端设备可根据第一msg3-transformPrecoder配置和第二msg3-transformPrecoder配置分别考虑启用或禁用单载波传输。For example, the network device can send two high-level parameters to the terminal, as an example, respectively recorded as the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration, and the terminal device can consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据某类参数(如记为transformPrecoder)考虑启用或禁用单载波传输。可以理解,transformPrecoder仅是一种可能的命名,其具体命名方式不对本申请实施例的保护范围造成限定。In another possible implementation, the terminal device considers enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to a certain type of parameter (such as transformPrecoder). It can be understood that transformPrecoder is only a possible naming, and its specific naming does not limit the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
例如,网络设备可以向终端发送至少一个高层参数transformPrecoder,终端设备可根据该至少一个transformPrecoder考虑启用或禁用单载波传输。For example, the network device may send at least one high-level parameter transformPrecoder to the terminal, and the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to the at least one transformPrecoder.
下面列举几种可能的示例。 Here are a few possible examples.
示例1,对于以下任一项:随机接入响应(random access response,RAR)上行(uplink,UL)授权调度的PUSCH、回退(fallback)RAR UL授权调度的PUSCH、或格式为0_0的DCI调度的PUSCH,终端设备在上述任一项PUSCH传输中,对于相应的波束或天线面板,终端设备可根据第一msg3-transformPrecoder配置和第二msg3-transformPrecoder配置分别考虑启用或禁用单载波传输。其中,PUSCH的循环冗余校检(cyclic redundancy check,CRC)可由临时小区无线网络临时标识(temporary cell-radio network temporary indentifier,TC-RNTI)加扰。Example 1, for any of the following: PUSCH scheduled by a random access response (RAR) uplink (UL) grant, PUSCH scheduled by a fallback RAR UL grant, or PUSCH scheduled by a DCI with a format of 0_0, in any of the above PUSCH transmissions, for the corresponding beam or antenna panel, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission according to the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration, respectively. The cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the PUSCH may be scrambled by a temporary cell-radio network temporary indentifier (TC-RNTI).
示例2,对于PDCCH调度的PUSCH传输,如果终端设备接收到具有调度授权的DCI,该DCI的格式为0_0,则终端设备在此PUSCH传输中,可根据高层配置的两个参数,第一msg3-transformPrecoder配置和第二msg3-transformPrecoder配置,考虑对于相应的波束或天线面板启用或禁用单载波传输。Example 2, for PUSCH transmission scheduled by PDCCH, if the terminal device receives a DCI with a scheduling grant, and the format of the DCI is 0_0, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission for the corresponding beam or antenna panel in this PUSCH transmission based on two parameters configured by the high-level layer, the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration.
示例3,如果终端设备接收到具有调度授权的DCI,该DCI的格式不是0_0,且在PUSCH配置(pusch-Config)中包括两个高层参数transformPrecoder,则终端设备在此PUSCH传输中可考虑根据相应的参数启用或禁用在两个波束或面板上的单载波。Example 3, if the terminal device receives a DCI with a scheduling grant, the format of the DCI is not 0_0, and two high-level parameters transformPrecoder are included in the PUSCH configuration (pusch-Config), the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling a single carrier on two beams or panels according to the corresponding parameters in this PUSCH transmission.
示例4,如果终端设备接收到具有调度授权的DCI,该DCI的格式不是0_0,且在pusch-Config中没有配置高层参数transformPrecoder,则终端设备可根据高层配置的参数第一msg3-transformPrecoder配置和第二msg3-transformPrecoder配置,考虑对于相应的波束或天线面板启用或禁用单载波传输,或者,终端设备根据高层配置的参数msg3-transformPrecoder,考虑启用或禁用单载波传输。Example 4: If the terminal device receives a DCI with a scheduling grant, the format of the DCI is not 0_0, and the high-level parameter transformPrecoder is not configured in pusch-Config, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission for the corresponding beam or antenna panel based on the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration of the high-level configuration parameters, or the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission based on the msg3-transformPrecoder parameter configured in the high-level configuration.
示例5,对于传输资源为配置授权的PUSCH传输,如果终端设备在配置的GrantConfig中包括一个高层参数transformPrecoder,则终端设备可以在此PUSCH传输中考虑根据该参数启用或禁用在两个波束或面板上的单载波。Example 5, for a PUSCH transmission whose transmission resources are configured as a grant, if the terminal device includes a high-level parameter transformPrecoder in the configured GrantConfig, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling a single carrier on two beams or panels according to the parameter in this PUSCH transmission.
示例6,对于传输资源为配置授权的PUSCH传输,如果终端设备在配置的GrantConfig中包括两个高层参数transformPrecoder,则终端设备可以在此PUSCH传输中考虑根据相应的参数启用或禁用在两个波束或面板上的单载波。Example 6, for a PUSCH transmission whose transmission resources are configured as a grant, if the terminal device includes two high-level parameters transformPrecoder in the configured GrantConfig, the terminal device can consider enabling or disabling a single carrier on two beams or panels according to the corresponding parameters in this PUSCH transmission.
示例7,对于传输资源为配置授权的PUSCH传输,如果终端设备在配置的GrantConfig中没有配置高层参数transformPrecoder,则终端设备可以根据高层配置的参数第一msg3-transformPrecoder配置和第二msg3-transformPrecoder配置,考虑对于相应的波束或天线面板启用或禁用单载波传输,或者,终端设备可以根据高层配置的参数msg3-transformPrecoder,考虑启用或禁用单载波传输。Example 7. For PUSCH transmission whose transmission resources are configured as authorization, if the terminal device does not configure the high-level parameter transformPrecoder in the configured GrantConfig, the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission for the corresponding beam or antenna panel based on the first msg3-transformPrecoder configuration and the second msg3-transformPrecoder configuration of the high-level configuration parameters, or the terminal device may consider enabling or disabling single carrier transmission based on the msg3-transformPrecoder parameter configured in the high-level configuration.
上述几个示例为示例性说明,对此不予限制。The above examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to be limiting.
可以理解,在上述一些实施例中,提到了“传输”,在未作出特别说明的情况下,传输,包括接收和/或发送。例如,传输信号,可以包括接收信号和/或发送信号。It can be understood that in some of the above embodiments, "transmission" is mentioned. If no special explanation is given, transmission includes receiving and/or sending. For example, transmitting a signal may include receiving a signal and/or sending a signal.
还可以理解,在上述一些实施例中,提到指示信息,该指示信息可以为DCI信息。DCI信息可以为一个DCI信息,其中包括指示两个波束或天线面板的传输参数,或者DCI信息可以为两个DCI信息,分别指示两个波束或天线面板的传输参数。DCI信息可以是一个网络设备或TRP发送的,也可以是两个网络设备或TRP发送的,不作限定。It can also be understood that in some of the above embodiments, the indication information is mentioned, and the indication information can be DCI information. The DCI information can be one DCI information, including transmission parameters indicating two beams or antenna panels, or the DCI information can be two DCI information, respectively indicating transmission parameters of two beams or antenna panels. The DCI information can be sent by one network device or TRP, or by two network devices or TRPs, without limitation.
还可以理解,在上述一些实施例中,各部分信号在频域上可以重叠或部分重叠或不重叠。It can also be understood that in some of the above embodiments, the partial signals may overlap, partially overlap, or not overlap in the frequency domain.
还可以理解,在上述一些实施例中,各部分信号也可以替换为各流信号。例如,第一部分信号也可称为第一流信号,第二部分信号也可称为第二流信号。再例如,至少两部分信号也可称为至少两流信号。It can also be understood that in some of the above embodiments, each partial signal can also be replaced by each stream signal. For example, the first partial signal can also be called a first stream signal, and the second partial signal can also be called a second stream signal. For another example, at least two partial signals can also be called at least two stream signals.
还可以理解,在本申请的各实施例中,主要以终端设备和网络设备之间的交互为例进行示例性说明,本申请不限于此。终端设备可以替换为发送端装置,发送端装置可以为终端设备或网络设备;网络设备可以替换为接收端装置,接收端装置可以为终端设备或网络设备。It can also be understood that in each embodiment of the present application, the interaction between the terminal device and the network device is mainly used as an example for illustrative description, and the present application is not limited thereto. The terminal device can be replaced by a sending end device, which can be a terminal device or a network device; the network device can be replaced by a receiving end device, which can be a terminal device or a network device.
还可以理解,在本申请的各实施例中,主要以波束为例进行了示例性说明,波束也可以替换为天线面板。It can also be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the beam is mainly used as an example for illustrative description, and the beam can also be replaced by an antenna panel.
还可以理解,本申请的各实施例中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,也可以在某些场景下,与其他特征进行结合,不作限定。It can also be understood that some optional features in the embodiments of the present application may not depend on other features in some scenarios, or may be combined with other features in some scenarios, without limitation.
还可以理解,本申请的各实施例中的方案可以进行合理的组合使用,并且实施例中出现的各个术语的解释或说明可以在各个实施例中互相参考或解释,对此不作限定。It can also be understood that the solutions in the various embodiments of the present application can be used in reasonable combination, and the explanations or descriptions of the various terms appearing in the embodiments can be mutually referenced or explained in the various embodiments, without limitation.
还可以理解,上述各个方法实施例中,由通信设备实现的方法和操作,也可以由可由通信设备的 组成部件(例如芯片或者电路)来实现。It can also be understood that in the above-mentioned various method embodiments, the methods and operations implemented by the communication device can also be implemented by the communication device. It is implemented by component parts (such as chips or circuits).
相应于上述各方法实施例给出的方法,本申请实施例还提供了相应的装置,所述装置包括用于执行上述各个方法实施例相应的模块。该模块可以是软件,也可以是硬件,或者是软件和硬件结合。可以理解的是,上述各方法实施例所描述的技术特征同样适用于以下装置实施例。Corresponding to the methods given in the above-mentioned method embodiments, the embodiments of the present application also provide corresponding devices, which include modules for executing the corresponding methods in the above-mentioned method embodiments. The module can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware. It can be understood that the technical features described in the above-mentioned method embodiments are also applicable to the following device embodiments.
参见图7,作为示例,图7是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置700的示意性框图。该装置700包括收发单元710和处理单元720。收发单元710可以用于实现相应的通信功能。收发单元710还可以称为通信接口或通信单元。处理单元720可以用于进行数据处理,如对调制符号进行单载波处理。Referring to FIG. 7 , as an example, FIG. 7 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 700 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The device 700 includes a transceiver unit 710 and a processing unit 720. The transceiver unit 710 can be used to implement corresponding communication functions. The transceiver unit 710 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit. The processing unit 720 can be used to perform data processing, such as single carrier processing of modulation symbols.
可选地,该装置700还包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理单元720可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据,以使得装置实现前述各个方法实施例中通信装置(如发送端装置,又如接收端装置)的动作。Optionally, the device 700 also includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 720 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit so that the device implements the actions of the communication device (such as a sending end device or a receiving end device) in the aforementioned method embodiments.
可选地,收发单元710可包括接收单元和/或发送单元。接收单元可用于执行上文方法实施例中接收相关的操作,发送单元可用于执行上文方法实施例中发送相关的操作。接收单元和发送单元可以集成在一起,或者也可分离设置。Optionally, the transceiver unit 710 may include a receiving unit and/or a sending unit. The receiving unit may be used to perform the receiving-related operations in the above method embodiment, and the sending unit may be used to perform the sending-related operations in the above method embodiment. The receiving unit and the sending unit may be integrated together, or may be separately arranged.
在一种设计中,该装置700可以是前述实施例中的发送端装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备),也可以是发送端装置的组成部件(如芯片)。该装置700可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的发送端装置执行的步骤或者流程,其中,收发单元710可用于执行上文方法实施例中发送端装置的收发相关的操作,处理单元720可用于执行上文方法实施例中发送端装置的处理相关的操作。In one design, the device 700 may be the sending end device (such as a terminal device or a network device) in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a component of the sending end device (such as a chip). The device 700 may implement the steps or processes corresponding to those performed by the sending end device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver unit 710 may be used to perform the transceiver-related operations of the sending end device in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 720 may be used to perform the processing-related operations of the sending end device in the above method embodiment.
一种可能的实现方式,处理单元720,用于对编码比特流进行调制,得到调制符号;处理单元720,还用于将调制符号分为至少两部分调制符号,至少两部分调制符号包括第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号;处理单元720,还用于分别对第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理,得到第一部分信号和第二部分信号;收发单元710,用于在第一频域资源上采用第一波束发送第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束发送第二部分信号。In one possible implementation, the processing unit 720 is used to modulate the coded bit stream to obtain modulation symbols; the processing unit 720 is also used to divide the modulation symbols into at least two parts of modulation symbols, and the at least two parts of modulation symbols include a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols; the processing unit 720 is also used to perform single-carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols, respectively, to obtain a first part of the signal and a second part of the signal; the transceiver unit 710 is used to send the first part of the signal using a first beam on a first frequency domain resource, and send the second part of the signal using a second beam on a second frequency domain resource.
可选地,单载波处理包括:离散傅里叶变换DFT操作。Optionally, the single carrier processing includes: a discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
可选地,第一比例和第二比例相同,其中,第一比例为第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,第二比例为第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例。Optionally, the first ratio and the second ratio are the same, wherein the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources, and the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
可选地,处理单元720,还用于将调制符号分为至少两部分调制符号,包括:处理单元720,还用于将调制符号平均分为至少两部分调制符号。Optionally, the processing unit 720 is further configured to divide the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols, including: the processing unit 720 is further configured to divide the modulation symbol into at least two parts of modulation symbols on average.
可选地,处理单元720,还用于将调制符号平均分为至少两部分调制符号,包括:处理单元720,还用于将调制符号平均分为第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号,其中,调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为第二部分调制符号;或者,调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为第二部分调制符号。Optionally, the processing unit 720 is also used to equally divide the modulation symbols into at least two parts of modulation symbols, including: the processing unit 720 is also used to equally divide the modulation symbols into a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols, wherein the first half of the modulation symbols are the first part of modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols are the second part of modulation symbols; or, the symbols with odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of modulation symbols, and the symbols with even numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of modulation symbols.
可选地,第一频域资源和第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量相同。Optionally, the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource is the same.
可选地,第一频域资源和第二频域资源属于分配的资源,若分配的资源还包括第三频域资源,则第三频域资源上不传输信号,或者,第三频域资源上传输的信号为预设信号。Optionally, the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
可选地,收发单元710,还用于接收第一指示信息,第一指示信息满足以下任一项:第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,第一TPMI与第二TPMI具有关联关系,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第三TPMI,第三TPMI用于对第一部分信号和第二部分信号进行预编码。Optionally, the transceiver unit 710 is also used to receive first indication information, and the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
可选地,收发单元710,还用于发送第一解调参考信号DMRS和第二DMRS,第一DMRS用于辅助解调第一部分信号,第二DMRS用于辅助解调第二部分信号,第一DMRS和第二DMRS的天线端口相同,第一DMRS对应第一频域资源,第二DMRS对应第二频域资源。Optionally, the transceiver unit 710 is also used to send a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, the first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, and the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resources, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resources.
可选地,收发单元710,还用于接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示:在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,和/或,采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。Optionally, the transceiver unit 710 is also used to receive second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal using different beams.
可选地,收发单元710,还用于接收第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示传输资源,传输资源包括第 一频域资源和第二频域资源。Optionally, the transceiver unit 710 is further configured to receive third indication information, where the third indication information indicates a transmission resource, and the transmission resource includes a first A first frequency domain resource and a second frequency domain resource.
可选地,传输资源为配置授权CG资源。Optionally, the transmission resource is a configuration authorized CG resource.
该装置700可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的发送端装置执行的步骤或者流程,该装置700可以包括用于执行图2至图6所示实施例中的发送端装置执行的方法的单元。The device 700 can implement the steps or processes executed by the sending end device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the device 700 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the sending end device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 6.
在另一种设计中,该装置700可以是前述实施例中的接收端装置(如终端设备,又如网络设备),也可以是接收端装置的组成部件(如芯片)。该装置700可实现对应于上文方法实施例中的接收端装置执行的步骤或者流程,其中,收发单元710可用于执行上文方法实施例中接收端装置的收发相关的操作,处理单元720可用于执行上文方法实施例中接收端装置的处理相关的操作。In another design, the device 700 may be the receiving end device (such as a terminal device or a network device) in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a component of the receiving end device (such as a chip). The device 700 may implement the steps or processes executed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiment, wherein the transceiver unit 710 may be used to execute the transceiver-related operations of the receiving end device in the above method embodiment, and the processing unit 720 may be used to execute the processing-related operations of the receiving end device in the above method embodiment.
一种可能的实现方式,收发单元710,用于在第一频域资源上采用第一波束接收第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束接收第二部分信号,其中,第一部分信号和第二部分信号是通过分别对第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理得到的;处理单元720,用于对第一部分信号和第二部分信号进行联合解调。In one possible implementation, the transceiver unit 710 is used to receive a first part of the signal using a first beam on a first frequency domain resource, and to receive a second part of the signal using a second beam on a second frequency domain resource, wherein the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are obtained by performing single-carrier processing on the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols, respectively; and the processing unit 720 is used to jointly demodulate the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
可选地,单载波处理包括:离散傅里叶变换DFT操作。Optionally, the single carrier processing includes: a discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
可选地,第一比例和第二比例相同,其中,第一比例为第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,第二比例为第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例。Optionally, the first ratio and the second ratio are the same, wherein the first ratio is the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources, and the second ratio is the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
可选地,第一部分调制符号中的符号数和第二部分调制符号中的符号数相同。Optionally, the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols is the same as the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
可选地,第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号属于调制符号,其中,调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为第二部分调制符号;或者,调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为第一部分调制符号,调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为第二部分调制符号。Optionally, the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols belong to modulation symbols, wherein the first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols numbered odd in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols numbered even in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
可选地,第一频域资源和第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量相同。Optionally, the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the second frequency domain resource is the same.
可选地,第一频域资源和第二频域资源属于分配的资源,若分配的资源还包括第三频域资源,则第三频域资源上不传输信号,或者,第三频域资源上传输的信号为预设信号。Optionally, the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
可选地,收发单元710,还用于发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息满足以下任一项:第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,第一TPMI与第二TPMI具有关联关系,第一TPMI用于对第一部分信号进行预编码,第二TPMI用于对第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,第一指示信息包括第三TPMI,第三TPMI用于对第一部分信号和第二部分信号进行预编码。Optionally, the transceiver unit 710 is also used to send a first indication information, and the first indication information satisfies any of the following items: the first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes the first TPMI or the second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or, the first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
可选地,收发单元710,还用于接收第一解调参考信号DMRS和第二DMRS,第一DMRS和第二DMRS的天线端口相同,第一DMRS对应第一频域资源,第二DMRS对应第二频域资源;处理单元720,还用于采用第一DMRS辅助解调第一信号,采用第二DMRS用于辅助解调第二信号。Optionally, the transceiver unit 710 is also used to receive a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to a first frequency domain resource, and the second DMRS corresponds to a second frequency domain resource; the processing unit 720 is also used to use the first DMRS to assist in demodulating the first signal, and use the second DMRS to assist in demodulating the second signal.
可选地,收发单元710,还用于发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息指示:在不同的频域资源上发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,和/或,采用不同的波束发送至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。Optionally, the transceiver unit 710 is also used to send second indication information, the second indication information indicating: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each part of the at least two parts of the signal.
可选地,收发单元710,还用于发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示传输资源,传输资源包括第一频域资源和第二频域资源。Optionally, the transceiver unit 710 is further used to send third indication information, where the third indication information indicates transmission resources, and the transmission resources include first frequency domain resources and second frequency domain resources.
可选地,传输资源为配置授权CG资源。Optionally, the transmission resource is a configuration authorized CG resource.
该装置700可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的接收端装置执行的步骤或者流程,该装置700可以包括用于执行图2至图6所示实施例中的接收端装置执行的方法的单元。The device 700 can implement the steps or processes executed by the receiving end device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the device 700 may include a unit for executing the method executed by the receiving end device in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 6.
有关该装置700更详细的描述可以参考上文方法实施例中相关描述直接得到,在此不再赘述。A more detailed description of the device 700 can be directly obtained by referring to the relevant description in the above method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述各方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit executing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, it will not be repeated here.
还应理解,这里的装置700以功能单元的形式体现。这里的术语“单元”可以指应用特有集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、电子电路、用于执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器(例如共享处理器、专有处理器或组处理器等)和存储器、合并逻辑电路和/或其它支持所描述的功能的合适组件。在一个可选例子中,本领域技术人员可以理解,装置700可以具体为上述实施例中的通信装置(如发送端装置,又如接收端装置),可以用于执行上述各方法实施例中与通信装置对应 的各个流程和/或步骤,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。It should also be understood that the device 700 here is embodied in the form of a functional unit. The term "unit" here may refer to an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an electronic circuit, a processor (such as a shared processor, a dedicated processor or a group processor, etc.) and a memory for executing one or more software or firmware programs, a combined logic circuit and/or other suitable components that support the described functions. In an optional example, those skilled in the art may understand that the device 700 may specifically be a communication device (such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device) in the above-mentioned embodiments, and may be used to execute the above-mentioned method embodiments corresponding to the communication device. To avoid repetition, the various processes and/or steps will not be described here.
上述各个方案的装置700具有实现上述方法中通信装置(如发送端装置,又如接收端装置)所执行的相应步骤的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块;例如收发单元可以由收发机替代(例如,收发单元中的发送单元可以由发送机替代,收发单元中的接收单元可以由接收机替代),其它单元,如处理单元等可以由处理器替代,分别执行各个方法实施例中的收发操作以及相关的处理操作。The device 700 of each of the above schemes has the function of implementing the corresponding steps performed by the communication device (such as a transmitting end device, and such as a receiving end device) in the above method. The function can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware executing the corresponding software implementation. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions; for example, the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transceiver (for example, the sending unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a transmitter, and the receiving unit in the transceiver unit can be replaced by a receiver), and other units, such as the processing unit, can be replaced by a processor to respectively perform the transceiver operations and related processing operations in each method embodiment.
此外,上述收发单元710还可以是收发电路(例如可以包括接收电路和发送电路),处理单元可以是处理电路。In addition, the transceiver unit 710 may also be a transceiver circuit (for example, may include a receiving circuit and a sending circuit), and the processing unit may be a processing circuit.
需要指出的是,图7中的装置可以是前述实施例中的设备,也可以是芯片或者芯片系统,例如:片上系统(system on chip,SoC)。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。在此不做限定。It should be noted that the device in FIG. 7 may be the device in the aforementioned embodiment, or may be a chip or a chip system, such as a system on chip (SoC). The transceiver unit may be an input and output circuit or a communication interface; the processing unit may be a processor or a microprocessor or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip. This is not limited here.
参见图8,作为示例,图8是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置800的示意性框图。该装置800包括处理器810,处理器810与存储器820耦合。可选地,还包括存储器820,用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器810用于执行存储器820存储的计算机程序或指令,或读取存储器820存储的数据,以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。Referring to FIG8 , as an example, FIG8 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 800 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The device 800 includes a processor 810, and the processor 810 is coupled to a memory 820. Optionally, the memory 820 is further included, which is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 810 is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 820, or read the data stored in the memory 820, so as to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
可选地,处理器810为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors 810 .
可选地,存储器820为一个或多个。Optionally, the memory 820 is one or more.
可选地,该存储器820与该处理器810集成在一起,或者分离设置。Optionally, the memory 820 is integrated with the processor 810 or is separately provided.
可选地,如图8所示,该装置800还包括收发器830,收发器830用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如,处理器810用于控制收发器830进行信号的接收和/或发送。Optionally, as shown in Fig. 8, the device 800 further includes a transceiver 830, and the transceiver 830 is used for receiving and/or sending signals. For example, the processor 810 is used for controlling the transceiver 830 to receive and/or send signals.
可选地,当该通信装置800为芯片时,该收发器830可以为芯片的输入输出接口,其中输入接口实现接收操作,输出接口实现发送操作。作为一种方案,该装置800用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由通信装置执行的操作。Optionally, when the communication device 800 is a chip, the transceiver 830 may be an input and output interface of the chip, wherein the input interface implements a receiving operation and the output interface implements a sending operation. As a solution, the device 800 is used to implement the operations performed by the communication device in each of the above method embodiments.
例如,处理器810用于执行存储器820存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中发送端装置或接收端装置的相关操作。For example, the processor 810 is configured to execute a computer program or instruction stored in the memory 820 to implement related operations of the transmitting end device or the receiving end device in each of the above method embodiments.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器810中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器820,处理器810读取存储器820中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 810 or an instruction in the form of software. The method disclosed in conjunction with the embodiment of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware processor for execution, or a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor for execution. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the art such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc. The storage medium is located in the memory 820, and the processor 810 reads the information in the memory 820 and completes the steps of the above method in conjunction with its hardware. To avoid repetition, it is not described in detail here.
应理解,本申请实施例中,处理器可以为一个或多个集成电路,用于执行相关程序,以执行本申请方法实施例。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the processor may be one or more integrated circuits for executing related programs to execute the embodiments of the methods of the present application.
处理器(例如,处理器810)可包括一个或多个处理器并实现为计算设备的组合。处理器可分别包括以下一种或多种:微处理器、微控制器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、数字信号处理设备(digital signal processing device,DSPD)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)、选通逻辑、晶体管逻辑、分立硬件电路、处理电路或其它合适的硬件、固件和/或硬件和软件的组合,用于执行本公开中所描述的各种功能。处理器可以是通用处理器或专用处理器。例如,处理器810可以是基带处理器或中央处理器。基带处理器可用于处理通信协议和通信数据。中央处理器可用于使装置执行软件程序,并处理软件程序中的数据。此外,处理器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如,处理器还可以存储设备类型的信息。The processor (e.g., processor 810) may include one or more processors and be implemented as a combination of computing devices. The processor may include one or more of the following: a microprocessor, a microcontroller, a digital signal processor (DSP), a digital signal processing device (DSPD), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a programmable logic device (PLD), a gating logic, a transistor logic, a discrete hardware circuit, a processing circuit or other suitable hardware, firmware and/or a combination of hardware and software for performing the various functions described in the present disclosure. The processor may be a general-purpose processor or a dedicated processor. For example, the processor 810 may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor may be used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit may be used to enable the device to execute a software program and process data in the software program. In addition, a portion of the processor may also include a non-volatile random access memory. For example, the processor may also store information about the type of device.
本申请中的程序在广义上用于表示软件。软件的非限制性示例包括:程序代码、程序、子程序、指令、指令集、代码、代码段、软件模块、应用程序、或软件应用程序等。程序可以在处理器和/或计算机中运行。以使得装置执行本申请中描述的各种功能和/或过程。Program in this application is used to refer to software in a broad sense. Non-limiting examples of software include: program code, program, subroutine, instruction, instruction set, code, code segment, software module, application, or software application, etc. The program can be run in a processor and/or computer. So that the device performs various functions and/or processes described in this application.
存储器(例如,存储器820)可存储供处理器(例如,处理器810)在执行软件时所需的数据。存储器可以使用任何合适的存储技术实现。例如,存储器可以是处理器和/或计算机能够访问的任何可用存储介质。存储介质的非限制性示例包括:随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、只 读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)、光盘只读存储器(Compact Disc-ROM,CD-ROM)、静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)、可移动介质、光盘存储器、磁盘存储介质、磁存储设备、闪存、寄存器、状态存储器、远程挂载存储器、本地或远程存储器组件,或能够携带或存储软件、数据或信息并可由处理器/计算机访问的任何其它介质。需要说明的是,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。The memory (e.g., memory 820) can store data required by the processor (e.g., processor 810) when executing software. The memory can be implemented using any suitable storage technology. For example, the memory can be any available storage medium that can be accessed by the processor and/or computer. Non-limiting examples of storage media include random access memory (RAM), Read-only memory (ROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM), static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous link dynamic random access memory (SLDRAM) and direct rambus RAM (DR RAM), removable media, optical disk storage, magnetic disk storage media, magnetic storage devices, flash memory, registers, state memory, remote mounted memory, local or remote memory components, or any other medium capable of carrying or storing software, data or information and accessible by a processor/computer. It should be noted that the memory described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
存储器(例如,存储器820)和处理器(例如,处理器810)可以分开设置或集成在一起。存储器可以用于与处理器连接,使得处理器能够从存储器中读取信息,在存储器中存储和/或写入信息。存储器可以集成在处理器中。存储器和处理器可以设置在集成电路中(例如,该集成电路可以设置在UE或其他网络节点中)。The memory (e.g., memory 820) and the processor (e.g., processor 810) may be provided separately or integrated together. The memory may be used to connect to the processor so that the processor can read information from the memory and store and/or write information in the memory. The memory may be integrated in the processor. The memory and the processor may be provided in an integrated circuit (e.g., the integrated circuit may be provided in a UE or other network node).
参见图9,作为示例,图9是本申请实施例提供的一种芯片系统900的示意性框图。该芯片系统900(或者也可以称为处理系统)包括逻辑电路910以及输入/输出接口(input/output interface)920。Referring to FIG. 9 , as an example, FIG. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a chip system 900 provided in an embodiment of the present application. The chip system 900 (or also referred to as a processing system) includes a logic circuit 910 and an input/output interface (input/output interface) 920.
其中,逻辑电路910可以为芯片系统900中的处理电路。逻辑电路910可以耦合连接存储单元,调用存储单元中的指令,使得芯片系统900可以实现本申请各实施例的方法和功能。输入/输出接口920,可以为芯片系统900中的输入输出电路,将芯片系统900处理好的信息输出,或将待处理的数据或信令信息输入芯片系统900进行处理。Among them, the logic circuit 910 can be a processing circuit in the chip system 900. The logic circuit 910 can be coupled to the storage unit and call the instructions in the storage unit so that the chip system 900 can implement the methods and functions of each embodiment of the present application. The input/output interface 920 can be an input/output circuit in the chip system 900, outputting information processed by the chip system 900, or inputting data or signaling information to be processed into the chip system 900 for processing.
作为一种方案,该芯片系统900用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由通信装置执行的操作。As a solution, the chip system 900 is used to implement the operations performed by the communication device in the above method embodiments.
例如,逻辑电路910用于实现上文方法实施例中由发送端装置执行的处理相关的操作,如,图2所示实施例中发送端装置执行的处理相关的操作,或图5所示实施例中发送端装置执行的处理相关的操作;输入/输出接口920用于实现上文方法实施例中由发送端装置执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作,如,图2所示实施例中的发送端装置执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作,或图5所示实施例中发送端装置执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作。For example, the logic circuit 910 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the above method embodiments, such as the processing-related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, or the processing-related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 5; the input/output interface 920 is used to implement the sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the above method embodiments, such as the sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, or the sending and/or receiving related operations performed by the transmitting end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 5.
再例如,逻辑电路910用于实现上文方法实施例中由接收端装置执行的处理相关的操作,如,图2所示实施例中接收端装置执行的处理相关的操作,或图5所示实施例中接收端装置执行的处理相关的操作;输入/输出接口920用于实现上文方法实施例中由接收端装置执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作,如,图2所示实施例中的接收端装置执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作,或图5所示实施例中接收端装置执行的发送和/或接收相关的操作。For another example, the logic circuit 910 is used to implement the processing-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiments, such as the processing-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, or the processing-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 5; the input/output interface 920 is used to implement the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the above method embodiments, such as the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, or the sending and/or receiving-related operations performed by the receiving end device in the embodiment shown in Figure 5.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有用于实现上述各方法实施例中由通信装置(如发送端装置,又如接收端装置)执行的方法的计算机指令。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which are stored computer instructions for implementing the methods executed by a communication device (such as a transmitting end device or a receiving end device) in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,包含指令,该指令被计算机执行时以实现上述各方法实施例中由通信装置(如发送端装置,又如接收端装置)执行的方法。The present application also provides a computer program product, comprising instructions, which, when executed by a computer, implement the methods performed by a communication device (such as a transmitting device or a receiving device) in the above-mentioned method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括上文各实施例中的发送端装置和接收端装置。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the transmitting end device and the receiving end device in the above embodiments.
上述提供的任一种装置中相关内容的解释及有益效果均可参考上文提供的对应的方法实施例,此处不再赘述。The explanation of the relevant contents and beneficial effects of any of the above-mentioned devices can be referred to the corresponding method embodiments provided above, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅是示意性的,例如,上述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。此外,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the above units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
上述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元实现本申请提供的方案。The units described above as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to implement the solution provided by the present application.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理 存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in the various embodiments of the present application may be integrated into one unit, or each unit may be physically separate. There are two or more units, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of this application.
当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。例如,计算机可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。关于计算机可读存储介质,可以参考上文描述。When software is used for implementation, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When loading and executing computer program instructions on a computer, the process or function described in the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network or other programmable devices. For example, the computer can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc. The computer instruction can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from a computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instruction can be transmitted from a website site, a computer, a server or a data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) mode to another website site, computer, server or data center. About computer-readable storage medium, it can be described with reference to the above.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific implementation of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art who is familiar with the present technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, which should be included in the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (45)

  1. 一种单载波通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A single carrier communication method, characterized by comprising:
    对编码比特流进行调制,得到至少两部分调制符号,所述至少两部分调制符号包括第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号;Modulating the coded bit stream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols, wherein the at least two parts of modulation symbols include a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols;
    分别对所述第一部分调制符号和所述第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理,得到第一部分信号和第二部分信号;Performing single carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols respectively to obtain a first part of signals and a second part of signals;
    在第一频域资源上采用第一波束发送所述第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束发送所述第二部分信号。The first part of the signal is sent using a first beam on a first frequency domain resource, and the second part of the signal is sent using a second beam on a second frequency domain resource.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述对编码比特流进行调制,得到至少两部分调制符号,包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the step of modulating the coded bit stream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols comprises:
    对编码比特流进行调制,得到调制符号,所述调制符号被分为所述至少两部分调制符号。The coded bit stream is modulated to obtain modulation symbols, and the modulation symbols are divided into the at least two modulation symbol parts.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制符号被平均分为所述至少两部分调制符号。The method according to claim 2 is characterized in that the modulation symbol is evenly divided into the at least two parts of modulation symbols.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调制符号被平均分为所述第一部分调制符号和所述第二部分调制符号,The method according to claim 3, characterized in that the modulation symbol is evenly divided into the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols,
    其中,所述调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为所述第一部分调制符号,所述调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为所述第二部分调制符号;或者,所述调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为所述第一部分调制符号,所述调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为所述第二部分调制符号。The first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols numbered as odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols numbered as even numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息满足以下任一项:Receive first indication information, where the first indication information satisfies any of the following:
    所述第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,所述第一TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号进行预编码,所述第二TPMI用于对所述第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,The first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or,
    所述第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,所述第一TPMI与所述第二TPMI具有关联关系,所述第一TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号进行预编码,所述第二TPMI用于对所述第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,The first indication information includes a first TPMI or a second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or,
    所述第一指示信息包括第三TPMI,所述第三TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号和所述第二部分信号进行预编码。The first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    发送第一解调参考信号DMRS和第二DMRS,所述第一DMRS用于辅助解调所述第一部分信号,所述第二DMRS用于辅助解调所述第二部分信号,所述第一DMRS和所述第二DMRS的天线端口相同,所述第一DMRS对应所述第一频域资源,所述第二DMRS对应所述第二频域资源。A first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS are sent, wherein the first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, and the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resources, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resources.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在第一频域资源上采用第一波束发送所述第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束发送所述第二部分信号之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that before the first part of the signal is sent using a first beam on the first frequency domain resource and the second part of the signal is sent using a second beam on the second frequency domain resource, the method further comprises:
    接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示:在不同的频域资源上发送所述至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,和/或,采用不同的波束发送所述至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。Receive second indication information, wherein the second indication information indicates: sending each of the at least two signal parts on different frequency domain resources, and/or sending each of the at least two signal parts using different beams.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息指示传输资源,所述传输资源包括所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源。Receive third indication information, where the third indication information indicates transmission resources, and the transmission resources include the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources.
  9. 一种单载波通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A single carrier communication method, characterized by comprising:
    在第一频域资源上接收第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上接收第二部分信号,其中,所述第一部分信号和所述第二部分信号是通过分别对第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理得到的;Receiving a first part of the signal on a first frequency domain resource, and receiving a second part of the signal on a second frequency domain resource, wherein the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are obtained by performing single carrier processing on the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols respectively;
    对所述第一部分信号和所述第二部分信号进行联合解调。The first part of the signal and the second part of the signal are jointly demodulated.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一部分调制符号中的符号数和所述第二部分调制符号中的符号数相同。 The method according to claim 9 is characterized in that the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols is the same as the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一部分调制符号和所述第二部分调制符号属于调制符号,The method according to claim 10, characterized in that the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols belong to modulation symbols,
    其中,所述调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为所述第一部分调制符号,所述调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为所述第二部分调制符号;或者,所述调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为所述第一部分调制符号,所述调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为所述第二部分调制符号。The first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols numbered as odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols numbered as even numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
  12. 根据权利要求9至11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 11, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息满足以下任一项:Sending first indication information, where the first indication information satisfies any of the following:
    所述第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,所述第一TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号进行预编码,所述第二TPMI用于对所述第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,The first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or,
    所述第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,所述第一TPMI与所述第二TPMI具有关联关系,所述第一TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号进行预编码,所述第二TPMI用于对所述第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,The first indication information includes a first TPMI or a second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or,
    所述第一指示信息包括第三TPMI,所述第三TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号和所述第二部分信号进行预编码。The first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  13. 根据权利要求9至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 12, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    接收第一解调参考信号DMRS和第二DMRS,所述第一DMRS和所述第二DMRS的天线端口相同,所述第一DMRS对应所述第一频域资源,所述第二DMRS对应所述第二频域资源;receiving a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, where the first DMRS and the second DMRS have the same antenna port, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resource, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resource;
    采用所述第一DMRS辅助解调所述第一信号,采用所述第二DMRS用于辅助解调所述第二信号。The first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first signal, and the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second signal.
  14. 根据权利要求9至13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在第一频域资源上接收第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上接收第二部分信号之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 13, characterized in that before receiving the first part of the signal on the first frequency domain resource and receiving the second part of the signal on the second frequency domain resource, the method further comprises:
    发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示:在不同的频域资源上发送所述至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,和/或,采用不同的波束发送所述至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。Send second indication information, wherein the second indication information indicates: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each part of the at least two parts of the signal.
  15. 根据权利要求9至14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 14, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息指示传输资源,所述传输资源包括所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源。Send third indication information, where the third indication information indicates transmission resources, and the transmission resources include the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources.
  16. 根据权利要求1至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述单载波处理包括:离散傅里叶变换DFT操作。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, characterized in that the single carrier processing comprises: a discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
  17. 根据权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和所述第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,与第一部分调制符号中的符号数和所述第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例,相同。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 16 is characterized in that the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources is the same as the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  18. 根据权利要求1至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that
    所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量相同。The number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource are the same.
  19. 根据权利要求1至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that
    所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源属于分配的资源,若所述分配的资源还包括第三频域资源,则所述第三频域资源上不传输信号,或者,所述第三频域资源上传输的信号为预设信号。The first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
  20. 根据权利要求8或15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述传输资源为配置授权CG资源。The method according to claim 8 or 15 is characterized in that the transmission resource is a configured authorized CG resource.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:收发单元和处理单元,A communication device, comprising: a transceiver unit and a processing unit,
    所述处理单元,用于对编码比特流进行调制,得到至少两部分调制符号,所述至少两部分调制符号包括第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号;The processing unit is used to modulate the coded bit stream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols, wherein the at least two parts of modulation symbols include a first part of modulation symbols and a second part of modulation symbols;
    所述处理单元,还用于分别对所述第一部分调制符号和所述第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理,得到第一部分信号和第二部分信号;The processing unit is further configured to perform single-carrier processing on the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols respectively to obtain a first part of signals and a second part of signals;
    所述收发单元,用于在第一频域资源上采用第一波束发送所述第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上采用第二波束发送所述第二部分信号。The transceiver unit is configured to send the first part of the signal using a first beam on a first frequency domain resource, and send the second part of the signal using a second beam on a second frequency domain resource.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其特征在于,所述处理单元,用于对编码比特流进行调制,得到至少两部分调制符号,包括:The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the processing unit is configured to modulate the coded bit stream to obtain at least two parts of modulation symbols, including:
    所述处理单元,用于对编码比特流进行调制,得到调制符号,所述调制符号被分为所述至少两部分调制符号。 The processing unit is used to modulate the coded bit stream to obtain modulation symbols, and the modulation symbols are divided into the at least two modulation symbol parts.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调制符号被平均分为所述至少两部分调制符号。The apparatus according to claim 22, wherein the modulation symbol is evenly divided into the at least two modulation symbols.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述调制符号被平均分为所述第一部分调制符号和所述第二部分调制符号,The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the modulation symbol is evenly divided into the first part of modulation symbols and the second part of modulation symbols,
    其中,所述调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为所述第一部分调制符号,所述调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为所述第二部分调制符号;或者,所述调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为所述第一部分调制符号,所述调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为所述第二部分调制符号。The first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols numbered as odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols numbered as even numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
  25. 根据权利要求21至24中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 21 to 24, characterized in that the transceiver unit is further used for:
    接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息满足以下任一项:Receive first indication information, where the first indication information satisfies any of the following:
    所述第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,所述第一TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号进行预编码,所述第二TPMI用于对所述第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,The first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or,
    所述第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,所述第一TPMI与所述第二TPMI具有关联关系,所述第一TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号进行预编码,所述第二TPMI用于对所述第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,The first indication information includes a first TPMI or a second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or,
    所述第一指示信息包括第三TPMI,所述第三TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号和所述第二部分信号进行预编码。The first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  26. 根据权利要求21至25中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 21 to 25, characterized in that the transceiver unit is further used for:
    发送第一解调参考信号DMRS和第二DMRS,所述第一DMRS用于辅助解调所述第一部分信号,所述第二DMRS用于辅助解调所述第二部分信号,所述第一DMRS和所述第二DMRS的天线端口相同,所述第一DMRS对应所述第一频域资源,所述第二DMRS对应所述第二频域资源。A first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS are sent, wherein the first DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the first part of the signal, and the second DMRS is used to assist in demodulating the second part of the signal, the antenna ports of the first DMRS and the second DMRS are the same, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resources, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resources.
  27. 根据权利要求21至26中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 21 to 26, characterized in that the transceiver unit is further used for:
    接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示:在不同的频域资源上发送所述至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,和/或,采用不同的波束发送所述至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。Receive second indication information, wherein the second indication information indicates: sending each of the at least two signal parts on different frequency domain resources, and/or sending each of the at least two signal parts using different beams.
  28. 根据权利要求21至27中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 21 to 27, characterized in that the transceiver unit is further used for:
    接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息指示传输资源,所述传输资源包括所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源。Receive third indication information, where the third indication information indicates transmission resources, and the transmission resources include the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:收发单元和处理单元,A communication device, comprising: a transceiver unit and a processing unit,
    所述收发单元,用于在第一频域资源上接收第一部分信号,在第二频域资源上接收第二部分信号,其中,所述第一部分信号和所述第二部分信号是通过分别对第一部分调制符号和第二部分调制符号进行单载波处理得到的;The transceiver unit is configured to receive a first portion of signals on a first frequency domain resource, and receive a second portion of signals on a second frequency domain resource, wherein the first portion of signals and the second portion of signals are obtained by performing single carrier processing on the first portion of modulation symbols and the second portion of modulation symbols, respectively;
    所述处理单元,用于对所述第一部分信号和所述第二部分信号进行联合解调。The processing unit is used to jointly demodulate the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一部分调制符号中的符号数和所述第二部分调制符号中的符号数相同。The apparatus according to claim 29 is characterized in that the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols is the same as the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一部分调制符号和所述第二部分调制符号属于调制符号,The apparatus according to claim 30, wherein the first part of the modulation symbols and the second part of the modulation symbols belong to modulation symbols,
    其中,所述调制符号中的前半部分调制符号为所述第一部分调制符号,所述调制符号中的后半部分调制符号为所述第二部分调制符号;或者,所述调制符号中编号为奇数的符号为所述第一部分调制符号,所述调制符号中编号为偶数的符号为所述第二部分调制符号。The first half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the second half of the modulation symbols in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols; or, the symbols numbered as odd numbers in the modulation symbols are the first part of the modulation symbols, and the symbols numbered as even numbers in the modulation symbols are the second part of the modulation symbols.
  32. 根据权利要求29至31中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 29 to 31, characterized in that the transceiver unit is further used for:
    发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息满足以下任一项:Sending first indication information, where the first indication information satisfies any of the following:
    所述第一指示信息包括第一传输预编码矩阵指示TPMI和第二TPMI,所述第一TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号进行预编码,所述第二TPMI用于对所述第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,The first indication information includes a first transmission precoding matrix indication TPMI and a second TPMI, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or,
    所述第一指示信息包括第一TPMI或第二TPMI,所述第一TPMI与所述第二TPMI具有关联关系,所述第一TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号进行预编码,所述第二TPMI用于对所述第二部分信号进行预编码;或者,The first indication information includes a first TPMI or a second TPMI, the first TPMI and the second TPMI are associated with each other, the first TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal, and the second TPMI is used to precode the second part of the signal; or,
    所述第一指示信息包括第三TPMI,所述第三TPMI用于对所述第一部分信号和所述第二部分信号进行预编码。 The first indication information includes a third TPMI, and the third TPMI is used to precode the first part of the signal and the second part of the signal.
  33. 根据权利要求29至32中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 29 to 32, characterized in that
    所述收发单元,还用于:接收第一解调参考信号DMRS和第二DMRS,所述第一DMRS和所述第二DMRS的天线端口相同,所述第一DMRS对应所述第一频域资源,所述第二DMRS对应所述第二频域资源;The transceiver unit is further used to: receive a first demodulation reference signal DMRS and a second DMRS, the first DMRS and the second DMRS have the same antenna port, the first DMRS corresponds to the first frequency domain resource, and the second DMRS corresponds to the second frequency domain resource;
    所述处理单元,还用于采用所述第一DMRS辅助解调所述第一信号,采用所述第二DMRS用于辅助解调所述第二信号。The processing unit is further configured to use the first DMRS to assist in demodulating the first signal, and use the second DMRS to assist in demodulating the second signal.
  34. 根据权利要求29至33中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 29 to 33, characterized in that the transceiver unit is further used for:
    发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息指示:在不同的频域资源上发送所述至少两部分信号中的各部分信号,和/或,采用不同的波束发送所述至少两部分信号中的各部分信号。Send second indication information, wherein the second indication information indicates: sending each part of the at least two parts of the signal on different frequency domain resources, and/or using different beams to send each part of the at least two parts of the signal.
  35. 根据权利要求29至34中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述收发单元,还用于:The device according to any one of claims 29 to 34, characterized in that the transceiver unit is further used for:
    发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息指示传输资源,所述传输资源包括所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源。Send third indication information, where the third indication information indicates transmission resources, and the transmission resources include the first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources.
  36. 根据权利要求21至35中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述单载波处理包括:离散傅里叶变换DFT操作。The device according to any one of claims 21 to 35 is characterized in that the single carrier processing includes: discrete Fourier transform DFT operation.
  37. 根据权利要求21至36中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一频域资源中频域单元的数量和所述第二频域资源中频域单元的数量之间的比例,与第一部分调制符号中的符号数和所述第二部分调制符号中的符号数之间的比例,相同。The device according to any one of claims 21 to 36 is characterized in that the ratio between the number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resources and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resources is the same as the ratio between the number of symbols in the first part of the modulation symbols and the number of symbols in the second part of the modulation symbols.
  38. 根据权利要求21至37中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 21 to 37, characterized in that
    所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源中的频域单元的数量相同。The number of frequency domain units in the first frequency domain resource and the number of frequency domain units in the second frequency domain resource are the same.
  39. 根据权利要求21至37中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,The device according to any one of claims 21 to 37, characterized in that
    所述第一频域资源和所述第二频域资源属于分配的资源,若所述分配的资源还包括第三频域资源,则所述第三频域资源上不传输信号,或者,所述第三频域资源上传输的信号为预设信号。The first frequency domain resources and the second frequency domain resources are allocated resources. If the allocated resources also include third frequency domain resources, no signal is transmitted on the third frequency domain resources, or the signal transmitted on the third frequency domain resources is a preset signal.
  40. 根据权利要求28或35所述的装置,其特征在于,所述传输资源为配置授权CG资源。The device according to claim 28 or 35 is characterized in that the transmission resource is a configured authorized CG resource.
  41. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序或指令,以使得所述装置执行权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it comprises a processor, wherein the processor is used to execute a computer program or instruction stored in a memory so that the device performs the method according to any one of claims 1 to 20.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括所述存储器和/或通信接口,所述通信接口与所述处理器耦合,The device according to claim 41, characterized in that the device also includes the memory and/or the communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor,
    所述通信接口,用于输入和/或输出信息。The communication interface is used to input and/or output information.
  43. 根据权利要求21至42中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置为以下任一项:芯片、芯片系统、或电路。The device according to any one of claims 21 to 42 is characterized in that the device is any one of the following: a chip, a chip system, or a circuit.
  44. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序或指令,当所述计算机程序或指令在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program or instruction is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program or instruction is executed on a communication device, the communication device executes the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 20.
  45. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求1至20中任一项所述的方法的计算机程序或指令。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product comprises a computer program or instructions for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 20.
PCT/CN2023/120120 2022-09-28 2023-09-20 Single carrier communication method and communication apparatus WO2024067305A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211191236.9A CN117793905A (en) 2022-09-28 2022-09-28 Single carrier communication method and communication device
CN202211191236.9 2022-09-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024067305A1 true WO2024067305A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90385667

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/120120 WO2024067305A1 (en) 2022-09-28 2023-09-20 Single carrier communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117793905A (en)
WO (1) WO2024067305A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107210988A (en) * 2015-01-23 2017-09-26 Lg 电子株式会社 The method and apparatus for producing signal to apparatus of communication terminal by equipment in a wireless communication system
US20200351818A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-11-05 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Wireless Communications for Network Access Configuration
CN112534752A (en) * 2018-08-13 2021-03-19 高通股份有限公司 Layer mapping for multiple TRP transmissions

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107210988A (en) * 2015-01-23 2017-09-26 Lg 电子株式会社 The method and apparatus for producing signal to apparatus of communication terminal by equipment in a wireless communication system
CN112534752A (en) * 2018-08-13 2021-03-19 高通股份有限公司 Layer mapping for multiple TRP transmissions
US20200351818A1 (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-11-05 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Wireless Communications for Network Access Configuration

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INTEL CORPORATION: "On SSB Based Beam Correspondence", 3GPP DRAFT; R4-2003213, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG4, no. Online Meeting ;20200420 - 20200430, 10 April 2020 (2020-04-10), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051871866 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117793905A (en) 2024-03-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11863476B2 (en) Method for transmitting and receiving channel state information between terminal and base station in wireless communication system and apparatus supporting same
JP7402310B2 (en) Rate matching for non-coherent joint transmission with dynamic spectrum sharing
US11570781B2 (en) Method and apparatus for receiving downlink signal in wireless communication system
JP2020529797A (en) Methods, base stations, and terminals for indicating reference signal configuration information
CN113383499A (en) Medium Access Control (MAC) control element signaling for multi-transmission point/multi-panel physical downlink shared channel transmission
US20220286251A1 (en) Method for transmitting srs and terminal therefor
CN104956611A (en) Method and apparatus for performing quasi co-location in wireless access system
CN111357361B (en) Information transmission method and communication equipment
US20230023982A1 (en) Uplink transmission and reception method and device in wireless communication system
US11943036B2 (en) Method and device for transmitting or receiving signal on basis of space parameter in wireless communication system
US20230048695A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting uplink channel in wireless communication system
CN116018865A (en) Method and apparatus for allocating frequency resources in a wireless communication system
US11737131B2 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving channel state information in wireless communication system
CN110249682B (en) Method and apparatus for resource management for coexistence of long term evolution and new radio systems
WO2022067749A1 (en) Diversity communication method and apparatus
US20230397217A1 (en) Method and device for dynamically indicating spatial parameters in wireless communication system
CN115516801A (en) Detection method and device in wireless communication system
US20230239113A1 (en) Method and apparatus for uplink transmission parameter configuration in wireless communication system
WO2024067305A1 (en) Single carrier communication method and communication apparatus
US20230042391A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting uplink channel for multiple transmission reception points in wireless communication system
US20230036012A1 (en) Method and apparatus for uplink transmission or reception based on spatial parameter in wireless communication system
US20230103697A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting/receiving channel state information in wireless communication system
KR20190086332A (en) Method and apparatus for transmission timing of aperiodic sounding reference signal in wireless cellular communication system
WO2021189398A1 (en) Multi-mode configuration for coverage enhancements
WO2021203404A1 (en) Uplink transmission configuration indicator and power control parameter update

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23870537

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1